OpenCores
URL https://opencores.org/ocsvn/open8_urisc/open8_urisc/trunk

Subversion Repositories open8_urisc

[/] [open8_urisc/] [trunk/] [gnu/] [binutils/] [bfd/] [elf32-sh.c] - Blame information for rev 328

Go to most recent revision | Details | Compare with Previous | View Log

Line No. Rev Author Line
1 14 khays
/* Renesas / SuperH SH specific support for 32-bit ELF
2
   Copyright 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005,
3 166 khays
   2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012
4
   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 14 khays
   Contributed by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
6
 
7
   This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
8
 
9
   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11
   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12
   (at your option) any later version.
13
 
14
   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
17
   GNU General Public License for more details.
18
 
19
   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
21
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
22
   MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
23
 
24
#include "sysdep.h"
25
#include "bfd.h"
26
#include "bfdlink.h"
27
#include "libbfd.h"
28
#include "elf-bfd.h"
29
#include "elf-vxworks.h"
30
#include "elf/sh.h"
31
#include "dwarf2.h"
32
#include "libiberty.h"
33
#include "../opcodes/sh-opc.h"
34
 
35
static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_reloc
36
  (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
37
static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_ignore_reloc
38
  (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
39
static bfd_boolean sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes
40
  (bfd *, asection *, bfd_vma, int);
41
static bfd_boolean sh_elf_align_loads
42
  (bfd *, asection *, Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd_byte *, bfd_boolean *);
43
#ifndef SH64_ELF
44
static bfd_boolean sh_elf_swap_insns
45
  (bfd *, asection *, void *, bfd_byte *, bfd_vma);
46
#endif
47
static int sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc
48
  (struct bfd_link_info *, int, int);
49
static bfd_vma dtpoff_base
50
  (struct bfd_link_info *);
51
static bfd_vma tpoff
52
  (struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma);
53
 
54
/* The name of the dynamic interpreter.  This is put in the .interp
55
   section.  */
56
 
57
#define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/libc.so.1"
58
 
59
/* FDPIC binaries have a default 128K stack.  */
60
#define DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE 0x20000
61
 
62
#define MINUS_ONE ((bfd_vma) 0 - 1)
63
 
64
/* Decide whether a reference to a symbol can be resolved locally or
65
   not.  If the symbol is protected, we want the local address, but
66
   its function descriptor must be assigned by the dynamic linker.  */
67
#define SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL(INFO, H) \
68
  (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (INFO, H) \
69
   || ! elf_hash_table (INFO)->dynamic_sections_created)
70
 
71
#define SH_PARTIAL32 TRUE
72
#define SH_SRC_MASK32 0xffffffff
73
#define SH_ELF_RELOC sh_elf_reloc
74
static reloc_howto_type sh_elf_howto_table[] =
75
{
76
#include "elf32-sh-relocs.h"
77
};
78
 
79
#define SH_PARTIAL32 FALSE
80
#define SH_SRC_MASK32 0
81
#define SH_ELF_RELOC bfd_elf_generic_reloc
82
static reloc_howto_type sh_vxworks_howto_table[] =
83
{
84
#include "elf32-sh-relocs.h"
85
};
86
 
87
/* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is a VxWorks object.  */
88
 
89
static bfd_boolean
90
vxworks_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
91
{
92
#if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
93
  extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_shlvxworks_vec;
94
  extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_shvxworks_vec;
95
 
96
  return (abfd->xvec == &bfd_elf32_shlvxworks_vec
97
          || abfd->xvec == &bfd_elf32_shvxworks_vec);
98
#else
99
  return FALSE;
100
#endif
101
}
102
 
103
/* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is an FDPIC object.  */
104
 
105
static bfd_boolean
106
fdpic_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
107
{
108
#if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
109
  extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_shfd_vec;
110
  extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_shbfd_vec;
111
 
112
  return (abfd->xvec == &bfd_elf32_shfd_vec
113
          || abfd->xvec == &bfd_elf32_shbfd_vec);
114
#else
115
  return FALSE;
116
#endif
117
}
118
 
119
/* Return the howto table for ABFD.  */
120
 
121
static reloc_howto_type *
122
get_howto_table (bfd *abfd)
123
{
124
  if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
125
    return sh_vxworks_howto_table;
126
  return sh_elf_howto_table;
127
}
128
 
129
static bfd_reloc_status_type
130
sh_elf_reloc_loop (int r_type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd *input_bfd,
131
                   asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents,
132
                   bfd_vma addr, asection *symbol_section,
133
                   bfd_vma start, bfd_vma end)
134
{
135
  static bfd_vma last_addr;
136
  static asection *last_symbol_section;
137
  bfd_byte *start_ptr, *ptr, *last_ptr;
138
  int diff, cum_diff;
139
  bfd_signed_vma x;
140
  int insn;
141
 
142
  /* Sanity check the address.  */
143
  if (addr > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section))
144
    return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
145
 
146
  /* We require the start and end relocations to be processed consecutively -
147
     although we allow then to be processed forwards or backwards.  */
148
  if (! last_addr)
149
    {
150
      last_addr = addr;
151
      last_symbol_section = symbol_section;
152
      return bfd_reloc_ok;
153
    }
154
  if (last_addr != addr)
155
    abort ();
156
  last_addr = 0;
157
 
158
  if (! symbol_section || last_symbol_section != symbol_section || end < start)
159
    return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
160
 
161
  /* Get the symbol_section contents.  */
162
  if (symbol_section != input_section)
163
    {
164
      if (elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
165
        contents = elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents;
166
      else
167
        {
168
          if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (input_bfd, symbol_section,
169
                                           &contents))
170
            {
171
              if (contents != NULL)
172
                free (contents);
173
              return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
174
            }
175
        }
176
    }
177
#define IS_PPI(PTR) ((bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, (PTR)) & 0xfc00) == 0xf800)
178
  start_ptr = contents + start;
179
  for (cum_diff = -6, ptr = contents + end; cum_diff < 0 && ptr > start_ptr;)
180
    {
181
      for (last_ptr = ptr, ptr -= 4; ptr >= start_ptr && IS_PPI (ptr);)
182
        ptr -= 2;
183
      ptr += 2;
184
      diff = (last_ptr - ptr) >> 1;
185
      cum_diff += diff & 1;
186
      cum_diff += diff;
187
    }
188
  /* Calculate the start / end values to load into rs / re minus four -
189
     so that will cancel out the four we would otherwise have to add to
190
     addr to get the value to subtract in order to get relative addressing.  */
191
  if (cum_diff >= 0)
192
    {
193
      start -= 4;
194
      end = (ptr + cum_diff * 2) - contents;
195
    }
196
  else
197
    {
198
      bfd_vma start0 = start - 4;
199
 
200
      while (start0 && IS_PPI (contents + start0))
201
        start0 -= 2;
202
      start0 = start - 2 - ((start - start0) & 2);
203
      start = start0 - cum_diff - 2;
204
      end = start0;
205
    }
206
 
207
  if (contents != NULL
208
      && elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
209
    free (contents);
210
 
211
  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + addr);
212
 
213
  x = (insn & 0x200 ? end : start) - addr;
214
  if (input_section != symbol_section)
215
    x += ((symbol_section->output_section->vma + symbol_section->output_offset)
216
          - (input_section->output_section->vma
217
             + input_section->output_offset));
218
  x >>= 1;
219
  if (x < -128 || x > 127)
220
    return bfd_reloc_overflow;
221
 
222
  x = (insn & ~0xff) | (x & 0xff);
223
  bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, (bfd_vma) x, contents + addr);
224
 
225
  return bfd_reloc_ok;
226
}
227
 
228
/* This function is used for normal relocs.  This used to be like the COFF
229
   function, and is almost certainly incorrect for other ELF targets.  */
230
 
231
static bfd_reloc_status_type
232
sh_elf_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol_in,
233
              void *data, asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
234
              char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
235
{
236
  unsigned long insn;
237
  bfd_vma sym_value;
238
  enum elf_sh_reloc_type r_type;
239
  bfd_vma addr = reloc_entry->address;
240
  bfd_byte *hit_data = addr + (bfd_byte *) data;
241
 
242
  r_type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) reloc_entry->howto->type;
243
 
244
  if (output_bfd != NULL)
245
    {
246
      /* Partial linking--do nothing.  */
247
      reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
248
      return bfd_reloc_ok;
249
    }
250
 
251
  /* Almost all relocs have to do with relaxing.  If any work must be
252
     done for them, it has been done in sh_relax_section.  */
253
  if (r_type == R_SH_IND12W && (symbol_in->flags & BSF_LOCAL) != 0)
254
    return bfd_reloc_ok;
255
 
256
  if (symbol_in != NULL
257
      && bfd_is_und_section (symbol_in->section))
258
    return bfd_reloc_undefined;
259
 
260
  if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol_in->section))
261
    sym_value = 0;
262
  else
263
    sym_value = (symbol_in->value +
264
                 symbol_in->section->output_section->vma +
265
                 symbol_in->section->output_offset);
266
 
267
  switch (r_type)
268
    {
269
    case R_SH_DIR32:
270
      insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_data);
271
      insn += sym_value + reloc_entry->addend;
272
      bfd_put_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, hit_data);
273
      break;
274
    case R_SH_IND12W:
275
      insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, hit_data);
276
      sym_value += reloc_entry->addend;
277
      sym_value -= (input_section->output_section->vma
278
                    + input_section->output_offset
279
                    + addr
280
                    + 4);
281
      sym_value += (insn & 0xfff) << 1;
282
      if (insn & 0x800)
283
        sym_value -= 0x1000;
284
      insn = (insn & 0xf000) | (sym_value & 0xfff);
285
      bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, hit_data);
286
      if (sym_value < (bfd_vma) -0x1000 || sym_value >= 0x1000)
287
        return bfd_reloc_overflow;
288
      break;
289
    default:
290
      abort ();
291
      break;
292
    }
293
 
294
  return bfd_reloc_ok;
295
}
296
 
297
/* This function is used for relocs which are only used for relaxing,
298
   which the linker should otherwise ignore.  */
299
 
300
static bfd_reloc_status_type
301
sh_elf_ignore_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
302
                     asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
303
                     void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *input_section,
304
                     bfd *output_bfd,
305
                     char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
306
{
307
  if (output_bfd != NULL)
308
    reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
309
  return bfd_reloc_ok;
310
}
311
 
312
/* This structure is used to map BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs.  */
313
 
314
struct elf_reloc_map
315
{
316
  bfd_reloc_code_real_type bfd_reloc_val;
317
  unsigned char elf_reloc_val;
318
};
319
 
320
/* An array mapping BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs.  */
321
 
322
static const struct elf_reloc_map sh_reloc_map[] =
323
{
324
  { BFD_RELOC_NONE, R_SH_NONE },
325
  { BFD_RELOC_32, R_SH_DIR32 },
326
  { BFD_RELOC_16, R_SH_DIR16 },
327
  { BFD_RELOC_8, R_SH_DIR8 },
328
  { BFD_RELOC_CTOR, R_SH_DIR32 },
329
  { BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL, R_SH_REL32 },
330
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPN },
331
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP12BY2, R_SH_IND12W },
332
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPZ },
333
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY4, R_SH_DIR8WPL },
334
  { BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL, R_SH_SWITCH8 },
335
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH16, R_SH_SWITCH16 },
336
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH32, R_SH_SWITCH32 },
337
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_USES, R_SH_USES },
338
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_COUNT, R_SH_COUNT },
339
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_ALIGN, R_SH_ALIGN },
340
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_CODE, R_SH_CODE },
341
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_DATA, R_SH_DATA },
342
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_LABEL, R_SH_LABEL },
343
  { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT, R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT },
344
  { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY, R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY },
345
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_START, R_SH_LOOP_START },
346
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_END, R_SH_LOOP_END },
347
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_GD_32, R_SH_TLS_GD_32 },
348
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LD_32, R_SH_TLS_LD_32 },
349
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LDO_32, R_SH_TLS_LDO_32 },
350
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_IE_32, R_SH_TLS_IE_32 },
351
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LE_32, R_SH_TLS_LE_32 },
352
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 },
353
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32 },
354
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_TPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 },
355
  { BFD_RELOC_32_GOT_PCREL, R_SH_GOT32 },
356
  { BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL, R_SH_PLT32 },
357
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_COPY, R_SH_COPY },
358
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GLOB_DAT, R_SH_GLOB_DAT },
359
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_JMP_SLOT, R_SH_JMP_SLOT },
360
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_RELATIVE, R_SH_RELATIVE },
361
  { BFD_RELOC_32_GOTOFF, R_SH_GOTOFF },
362
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC, R_SH_GOTPC },
363
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT32, R_SH_GOTPLT32 },
364
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT20, R_SH_GOT20 },
365
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF20, R_SH_GOTOFF20 },
366
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTFUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC },
367
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20, R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20 },
368
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC },
369
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20 },
370
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_FUNCDESC, R_SH_FUNCDESC },
371
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
372
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_LOW16, R_SH_GOT_LOW16 },
373
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16 },
374
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16 },
375
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_HI16, R_SH_GOT_HI16 },
376
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16, R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16 },
377
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16 },
378
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16 },
379
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_HI16, R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16 },
380
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_LOW16, R_SH_PLT_LOW16 },
381
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16 },
382
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_MEDHI16, R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16 },
383
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_HI16, R_SH_PLT_HI16 },
384
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16, R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16 },
385
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16 },
386
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16 },
387
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_HI16, R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16 },
388
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_LOW16, R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16 },
389
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16 },
390
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16 },
391
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_HI16, R_SH_GOTPC_HI16 },
392
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_COPY64, R_SH_COPY64 },
393
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GLOB_DAT64, R_SH_GLOB_DAT64 },
394
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_JMP_SLOT64, R_SH_JMP_SLOT64 },
395
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_RELATIVE64, R_SH_RELATIVE64 },
396
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT10BY4, R_SH_GOT10BY4 },
397
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT10BY8, R_SH_GOT10BY8 },
398
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT10BY4, R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4 },
399
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT10BY8, R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8 },
400
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PT_16, R_SH_PT_16 },
401
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_SHMEDIA_CODE, R_SH_SHMEDIA_CODE },
402
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU5, R_SH_DIR5U },
403
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS6, R_SH_DIR6S },
404
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU6, R_SH_DIR6U },
405
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10, R_SH_DIR10S },
406
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY2, R_SH_DIR10SW },
407
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY4, R_SH_DIR10SL },
408
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY8, R_SH_DIR10SQ },
409
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS16, R_SH_IMMS16 },
410
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU16, R_SH_IMMU16 },
411
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_LOW16, R_SH_IMM_LOW16 },
412
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL },
413
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16, R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16 },
414
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL },
415
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDHI16, R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16 },
416
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL },
417
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_HI16, R_SH_IMM_HI16 },
418
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL },
419
  { BFD_RELOC_64, R_SH_64 },
420
  { BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL, R_SH_64_PCREL },
421
#endif /* not INCLUDE_SHMEDIA */
422
};
423
 
424
/* Given a BFD reloc code, return the howto structure for the
425
   corresponding SH ELF reloc.  */
426
 
427
static reloc_howto_type *
428
sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd, bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
429
{
430
  unsigned int i;
431
 
432
  for (i = 0; i < sizeof (sh_reloc_map) / sizeof (struct elf_reloc_map); i++)
433
    {
434
      if (sh_reloc_map[i].bfd_reloc_val == code)
435
        return get_howto_table (abfd) + (int) sh_reloc_map[i].elf_reloc_val;
436
    }
437
 
438
  return NULL;
439
}
440
 
441
static reloc_howto_type *
442
sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd, const char *r_name)
443
{
444
  unsigned int i;
445
 
446
  if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
447
    {
448
      for (i = 0;
449
           i < (sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table)
450
                / sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table[0]));
451
           i++)
452
        if (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name != NULL
453
            && strcasecmp (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
454
          return &sh_vxworks_howto_table[i];
455
    }
456
  else
457
    {
458
      for (i = 0;
459
           i < (sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table)
460
                / sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table[0]));
461
           i++)
462
        if (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name != NULL
463
            && strcasecmp (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
464
          return &sh_elf_howto_table[i];
465
    }
466
 
467
  return NULL;
468
}
469
 
470
/* Given an ELF reloc, fill in the howto field of a relent.  */
471
 
472
static void
473
sh_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd, arelent *cache_ptr, Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
474
{
475
  unsigned int r;
476
 
477
  r = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
478
 
479
  BFD_ASSERT (r < (unsigned int) R_SH_max);
480
  BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC);
481
  BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2);
482
  BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3);
483
  BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4);
484
  BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5);
485
  BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_6 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_6);
486
 
487
  cache_ptr->howto = get_howto_table (abfd) + r;
488
}
489
 
490
/* This function handles relaxing for SH ELF.  See the corresponding
491
   function in coff-sh.c for a description of what this does.  FIXME:
492
   There is a lot of duplication here between this code and the COFF
493
   specific code.  The format of relocs and symbols is wound deeply
494
   into this code, but it would still be better if the duplication
495
   could be eliminated somehow.  Note in particular that although both
496
   functions use symbols like R_SH_CODE, those symbols have different
497
   values; in coff-sh.c they come from include/coff/sh.h, whereas here
498
   they come from enum elf_sh_reloc_type in include/elf/sh.h.  */
499
 
500
static bfd_boolean
501
sh_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
502
                      struct bfd_link_info *link_info, bfd_boolean *again)
503
{
504
  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
505
  Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
506
  bfd_boolean have_code;
507
  Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
508
  bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
509
  Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
510
 
511
  *again = FALSE;
512
 
513
  if (link_info->relocatable
514
      || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
515
      || sec->reloc_count == 0)
516
    return TRUE;
517
 
518
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
519
  if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_flags
520
      & (SHF_SH5_ISA32 | SHF_SH5_ISA32_MIXED))
521
    {
522
      return TRUE;
523
    }
524
#endif
525
 
526
  symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
527
 
528
  internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
529
                     (abfd, sec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
530
                      link_info->keep_memory));
531
  if (internal_relocs == NULL)
532
    goto error_return;
533
 
534
  have_code = FALSE;
535
 
536
  irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
537
  for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
538
    {
539
      bfd_vma laddr, paddr, symval;
540
      unsigned short insn;
541
      Elf_Internal_Rela *irelfn, *irelscan, *irelcount;
542
      bfd_signed_vma foff;
543
 
544
      if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_CODE)
545
        have_code = TRUE;
546
 
547
      if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_USES)
548
        continue;
549
 
550
      /* Get the section contents.  */
551
      if (contents == NULL)
552
        {
553
          if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
554
            contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
555
          else
556
            {
557
              if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
558
                goto error_return;
559
            }
560
        }
561
 
562
      /* The r_addend field of the R_SH_USES reloc will point us to
563
         the register load.  The 4 is because the r_addend field is
564
         computed as though it were a jump offset, which are based
565
         from 4 bytes after the jump instruction.  */
566
      laddr = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend;
567
      if (laddr >= sec->size)
568
        {
569
          (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad R_SH_USES offset"),
570
                                 abfd,
571
                                 (unsigned long) irel->r_offset);
572
          continue;
573
        }
574
      insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + laddr);
575
 
576
      /* If the instruction is not mov.l NN,rN, we don't know what to
577
         do.  */
578
      if ((insn & 0xf000) != 0xd000)
579
        {
580
          ((*_bfd_error_handler)
581
           (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: R_SH_USES points to unrecognized insn 0x%x"),
582
            abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset, insn));
583
          continue;
584
        }
585
 
586
      /* Get the address from which the register is being loaded.  The
587
         displacement in the mov.l instruction is quadrupled.  It is a
588
         displacement from four bytes after the movl instruction, but,
589
         before adding in the PC address, two least significant bits
590
         of the PC are cleared.  We assume that the section is aligned
591
         on a four byte boundary.  */
592
      paddr = insn & 0xff;
593
      paddr *= 4;
594
      paddr += (laddr + 4) &~ (bfd_vma) 3;
595
      if (paddr >= sec->size)
596
        {
597
          ((*_bfd_error_handler)
598
           (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad R_SH_USES load offset"),
599
            abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset));
600
          continue;
601
        }
602
 
603
      /* Get the reloc for the address from which the register is
604
         being loaded.  This reloc will tell us which function is
605
         actually being called.  */
606
      for (irelfn = internal_relocs; irelfn < irelend; irelfn++)
607
        if (irelfn->r_offset == paddr
608
            && ELF32_R_TYPE (irelfn->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DIR32)
609
          break;
610
      if (irelfn >= irelend)
611
        {
612
          ((*_bfd_error_handler)
613
           (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: could not find expected reloc"),
614
            abfd, (unsigned long) paddr));
615
          continue;
616
        }
617
 
618
      /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already.  */
619
      if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
620
        {
621
          isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
622
          if (isymbuf == NULL)
623
            isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
624
                                            symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
625
                                            NULL, NULL, NULL);
626
          if (isymbuf == NULL)
627
            goto error_return;
628
        }
629
 
630
      /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc.  */
631
      if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
632
        {
633
          /* A local symbol.  */
634
          Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
635
 
636
          isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info);
637
          if (isym->st_shndx
638
              != (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec))
639
            {
640
              ((*_bfd_error_handler)
641
               (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: symbol in unexpected section"),
642
                abfd, (unsigned long) paddr));
643
              continue;
644
            }
645
 
646
          symval = (isym->st_value
647
                    + sec->output_section->vma
648
                    + sec->output_offset);
649
        }
650
      else
651
        {
652
          unsigned long indx;
653
          struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
654
 
655
          indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
656
          h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
657
          BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
658
          if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
659
              && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
660
            {
661
              /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
662
                 symbol.  Just ignore it--it will be caught by the
663
                 regular reloc processing.  */
664
              continue;
665
            }
666
 
667
          symval = (h->root.u.def.value
668
                    + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
669
                    + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
670
        }
671
 
672
      if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace)
673
        symval += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr);
674
      else
675
        symval += irelfn->r_addend;
676
 
677
      /* See if this function call can be shortened.  */
678
      foff = (symval
679
              - (irel->r_offset
680
                 + sec->output_section->vma
681
                 + sec->output_offset
682
                 + 4));
683
      /* A branch to an address beyond ours might be increased by an
684
         .align that doesn't move when bytes behind us are deleted.
685
         So, we add some slop in this calculation to allow for
686
         that.  */
687
      if (foff < -0x1000 || foff >= 0x1000 - 8)
688
        {
689
          /* After all that work, we can't shorten this function call.  */
690
          continue;
691
        }
692
 
693
      /* Shorten the function call.  */
694
 
695
      /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the section
696
         contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol table.  We
697
         must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
698
         information.  It would be possible to instead create a table
699
         of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
700
         that would be more work, but would require less memory when
701
         the linker is run.  */
702
 
703
      elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
704
      elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
705
      symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
706
 
707
      /* Replace the jsr with a bsr.  */
708
 
709
      /* Change the R_SH_USES reloc into an R_SH_IND12W reloc, and
710
         replace the jsr with a bsr.  */
711
      irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info), R_SH_IND12W);
712
      /* We used to test (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
713
         here, but that only checks if the symbol is an external symbol,
714
         not if the symbol is in a different section.  Besides, we need
715
         a consistent meaning for the relocation, so we just assume here that
716
         the value of the symbol is not available.  */
717
 
718
      /* We can't fully resolve this yet, because the external
719
         symbol value may be changed by future relaxing.  We let
720
         the final link phase handle it.  */
721
      bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) 0xb000, contents + irel->r_offset);
722
 
723
      irel->r_addend = -4;
724
 
725
      /* When we calculated the symbol "value" we had an offset in the
726
         DIR32's word in memory (we read and add it above).  However,
727
         the jsr we create does NOT have this offset encoded, so we
728
         have to add it to the addend to preserve it.  */
729
      irel->r_addend += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr);
730
 
731
      /* See if there is another R_SH_USES reloc referring to the same
732
         register load.  */
733
      for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelend; irelscan++)
734
        if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_USES
735
            && laddr == irelscan->r_offset + 4 + irelscan->r_addend)
736
          break;
737
      if (irelscan < irelend)
738
        {
739
          /* Some other function call depends upon this register load,
740
             and we have not yet converted that function call.
741
             Indeed, we may never be able to convert it.  There is
742
             nothing else we can do at this point.  */
743
          continue;
744
        }
745
 
746
      /* Look for a R_SH_COUNT reloc on the location where the
747
         function address is stored.  Do this before deleting any
748
         bytes, to avoid confusion about the address.  */
749
      for (irelcount = internal_relocs; irelcount < irelend; irelcount++)
750
        if (irelcount->r_offset == paddr
751
            && ELF32_R_TYPE (irelcount->r_info) == (int) R_SH_COUNT)
752
          break;
753
 
754
      /* Delete the register load.  */
755
      if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, laddr, 2))
756
        goto error_return;
757
 
758
      /* That will change things, so, just in case it permits some
759
         other function call to come within range, we should relax
760
         again.  Note that this is not required, and it may be slow.  */
761
      *again = TRUE;
762
 
763
      /* Now check whether we got a COUNT reloc.  */
764
      if (irelcount >= irelend)
765
        {
766
          ((*_bfd_error_handler)
767
           (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: could not find expected COUNT reloc"),
768
            abfd, (unsigned long) paddr));
769
          continue;
770
        }
771
 
772
      /* The number of uses is stored in the r_addend field.  We've
773
         just deleted one.  */
774
      if (irelcount->r_addend == 0)
775
        {
776
          ((*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad count"),
777
                                  abfd,
778
                                  (unsigned long) paddr));
779
          continue;
780
        }
781
 
782
      --irelcount->r_addend;
783
 
784
      /* If there are no more uses, we can delete the address.  Reload
785
         the address from irelfn, in case it was changed by the
786
         previous call to sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes.  */
787
      if (irelcount->r_addend == 0)
788
        {
789
          if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, irelfn->r_offset, 4))
790
            goto error_return;
791
        }
792
 
793
      /* We've done all we can with that function call.  */
794
    }
795
 
796
  /* Look for load and store instructions that we can align on four
797
     byte boundaries.  */
798
  if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK) != EF_SH4
799
      && have_code)
800
    {
801
      bfd_boolean swapped;
802
 
803
      /* Get the section contents.  */
804
      if (contents == NULL)
805
        {
806
          if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
807
            contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
808
          else
809
            {
810
              if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
811
                goto error_return;
812
            }
813
        }
814
 
815
      if (! sh_elf_align_loads (abfd, sec, internal_relocs, contents,
816
                                &swapped))
817
        goto error_return;
818
 
819
      if (swapped)
820
        {
821
          elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
822
          elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
823
          symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
824
        }
825
    }
826
 
827
  if (isymbuf != NULL
828
      && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
829
    {
830
      if (! link_info->keep_memory)
831
        free (isymbuf);
832
      else
833
        {
834
          /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd.  */
835
          symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
836
        }
837
    }
838
 
839
  if (contents != NULL
840
      && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
841
    {
842
      if (! link_info->keep_memory)
843
        free (contents);
844
      else
845
        {
846
          /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd.  */
847
          elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
848
        }
849
    }
850
 
851
  if (internal_relocs != NULL
852
      && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
853
    free (internal_relocs);
854
 
855
  return TRUE;
856
 
857
 error_return:
858
  if (isymbuf != NULL
859
      && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
860
    free (isymbuf);
861
  if (contents != NULL
862
      && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
863
    free (contents);
864
  if (internal_relocs != NULL
865
      && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
866
    free (internal_relocs);
867
 
868
  return FALSE;
869
}
870
 
871
/* Delete some bytes from a section while relaxing.  FIXME: There is a
872
   lot of duplication between this function and sh_relax_delete_bytes
873
   in coff-sh.c.  */
874
 
875
static bfd_boolean
876
sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, bfd_vma addr,
877
                           int count)
878
{
879
  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
880
  unsigned int sec_shndx;
881
  bfd_byte *contents;
882
  Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
883
  Elf_Internal_Rela *irelalign;
884
  bfd_vma toaddr;
885
  Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf, *isym, *isymend;
886
  struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
887
  struct elf_link_hash_entry **end_hashes;
888
  unsigned int symcount;
889
  asection *o;
890
 
891
  symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
892
  isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
893
 
894
  sec_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
895
 
896
  contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
897
 
898
  /* The deletion must stop at the next ALIGN reloc for an aligment
899
     power larger than the number of bytes we are deleting.  */
900
 
901
  irelalign = NULL;
902
  toaddr = sec->size;
903
 
904
  irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs;
905
  irelend = irel + sec->reloc_count;
906
  for (; irel < irelend; irel++)
907
    {
908
      if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN
909
          && irel->r_offset > addr
910
          && count < (1 << irel->r_addend))
911
        {
912
          irelalign = irel;
913
          toaddr = irel->r_offset;
914
          break;
915
        }
916
    }
917
 
918
  /* Actually delete the bytes.  */
919
  memmove (contents + addr, contents + addr + count,
920
           (size_t) (toaddr - addr - count));
921
  if (irelalign == NULL)
922
    sec->size -= count;
923
  else
924
    {
925
      int i;
926
 
927
#define NOP_OPCODE (0x0009)
928
 
929
      BFD_ASSERT ((count & 1) == 0);
930
      for (i = 0; i < count; i += 2)
931
        bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) NOP_OPCODE, contents + toaddr - count + i);
932
    }
933
 
934
  /* Adjust all the relocs.  */
935
  for (irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
936
    {
937
      bfd_vma nraddr, stop;
938
      bfd_vma start = 0;
939
      int insn = 0;
940
      int off, adjust, oinsn;
941
      bfd_signed_vma voff = 0;
942
      bfd_boolean overflow;
943
 
944
      /* Get the new reloc address.  */
945
      nraddr = irel->r_offset;
946
      if ((irel->r_offset > addr
947
           && irel->r_offset < toaddr)
948
          || (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN
949
              && irel->r_offset == toaddr))
950
        nraddr -= count;
951
 
952
      /* See if this reloc was for the bytes we have deleted, in which
953
         case we no longer care about it.  Don't delete relocs which
954
         represent addresses, though.  */
955
      if (irel->r_offset >= addr
956
          && irel->r_offset < addr + count
957
          && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_ALIGN
958
          && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE
959
          && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DATA
960
          && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_LABEL)
961
        irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info),
962
                                     (int) R_SH_NONE);
963
 
964
      /* If this is a PC relative reloc, see if the range it covers
965
         includes the bytes we have deleted.  */
966
      switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
967
        {
968
        default:
969
          break;
970
 
971
        case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
972
        case R_SH_IND12W:
973
        case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
974
        case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
975
          start = irel->r_offset;
976
          insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
977
          break;
978
        }
979
 
980
      switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
981
        {
982
        default:
983
          start = stop = addr;
984
          break;
985
 
986
        case R_SH_DIR32:
987
          /* If this reloc is against a symbol defined in this
988
             section, and the symbol will not be adjusted below, we
989
             must check the addend to see it will put the value in
990
             range to be adjusted, and hence must be changed.  */
991
          if (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
992
            {
993
              isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
994
              if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
995
                  && (isym->st_value <= addr
996
                      || isym->st_value >= toaddr))
997
                {
998
                  bfd_vma val;
999
 
1000
                  if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace)
1001
                    {
1002
                      val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1003
                      val += isym->st_value;
1004
                      if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
1005
                        bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count, contents + nraddr);
1006
                    }
1007
                  else
1008
                    {
1009
                      val = isym->st_value + irel->r_addend;
1010
                      if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
1011
                        irel->r_addend -= count;
1012
                    }
1013
                }
1014
            }
1015
          start = stop = addr;
1016
          break;
1017
 
1018
        case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1019
          off = insn & 0xff;
1020
          if (off & 0x80)
1021
            off -= 0x100;
1022
          stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2);
1023
          break;
1024
 
1025
        case R_SH_IND12W:
1026
          off = insn & 0xfff;
1027
          if (! off)
1028
            {
1029
              /* This has been made by previous relaxation.  Since the
1030
                 relocation will be against an external symbol, the
1031
                 final relocation will just do the right thing.  */
1032
              start = stop = addr;
1033
            }
1034
          else
1035
            {
1036
              if (off & 0x800)
1037
                off -= 0x1000;
1038
              stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2);
1039
 
1040
              /* The addend will be against the section symbol, thus
1041
                 for adjusting the addend, the relevant start is the
1042
                 start of the section.
1043
                 N.B. If we want to abandon in-place changes here and
1044
                 test directly using symbol + addend, we have to take into
1045
                 account that the addend has already been adjusted by -4.  */
1046
              if (stop > addr && stop < toaddr)
1047
                irel->r_addend -= count;
1048
            }
1049
          break;
1050
 
1051
        case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1052
          off = insn & 0xff;
1053
          stop = start + 4 + off * 2;
1054
          break;
1055
 
1056
        case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1057
          off = insn & 0xff;
1058
          stop = (start & ~(bfd_vma) 3) + 4 + off * 4;
1059
          break;
1060
 
1061
        case R_SH_SWITCH8:
1062
        case R_SH_SWITCH16:
1063
        case R_SH_SWITCH32:
1064
          /* These relocs types represent
1065
               .word L2-L1
1066
             The r_addend field holds the difference between the reloc
1067
             address and L1.  That is the start of the reloc, and
1068
             adding in the contents gives us the top.  We must adjust
1069
             both the r_offset field and the section contents.
1070
             N.B. in gas / coff bfd, the elf bfd r_addend is called r_offset,
1071
             and the elf bfd r_offset is called r_vaddr.  */
1072
 
1073
          stop = irel->r_offset;
1074
          start = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irel->r_addend);
1075
 
1076
          if (start > addr
1077
              && start < toaddr
1078
              && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1079
            irel->r_addend += count;
1080
          else if (stop > addr
1081
                   && stop < toaddr
1082
                   && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1083
            irel->r_addend -= count;
1084
 
1085
          if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH16)
1086
            voff = bfd_get_signed_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1087
          else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH8)
1088
            voff = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1089
          else
1090
            voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1091
          stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff);
1092
 
1093
          break;
1094
 
1095
        case R_SH_USES:
1096
          start = irel->r_offset;
1097
          stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start
1098
                            + (long) irel->r_addend
1099
                            + 4);
1100
          break;
1101
        }
1102
 
1103
      if (start > addr
1104
          && start < toaddr
1105
          && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1106
        adjust = count;
1107
      else if (stop > addr
1108
               && stop < toaddr
1109
               && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1110
        adjust = - count;
1111
      else
1112
        adjust = 0;
1113
 
1114
      if (adjust != 0)
1115
        {
1116
          oinsn = insn;
1117
          overflow = FALSE;
1118
          switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
1119
            {
1120
            default:
1121
              abort ();
1122
              break;
1123
 
1124
            case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1125
            case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1126
              insn += adjust / 2;
1127
              if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1128
                overflow = TRUE;
1129
              bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1130
              break;
1131
 
1132
            case R_SH_IND12W:
1133
              insn += adjust / 2;
1134
              if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000))
1135
                overflow = TRUE;
1136
              bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1137
              break;
1138
 
1139
            case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1140
              BFD_ASSERT (adjust == count || count >= 4);
1141
              if (count >= 4)
1142
                insn += adjust / 4;
1143
              else
1144
                {
1145
                  if ((irel->r_offset & 3) == 0)
1146
                    ++insn;
1147
                }
1148
              if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1149
                overflow = TRUE;
1150
              bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1151
              break;
1152
 
1153
            case R_SH_SWITCH8:
1154
              voff += adjust;
1155
              if (voff < 0 || voff >= 0xff)
1156
                overflow = TRUE;
1157
              bfd_put_8 (abfd, voff, contents + nraddr);
1158
              break;
1159
 
1160
            case R_SH_SWITCH16:
1161
              voff += adjust;
1162
              if (voff < - 0x8000 || voff >= 0x8000)
1163
                overflow = TRUE;
1164
              bfd_put_signed_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr);
1165
              break;
1166
 
1167
            case R_SH_SWITCH32:
1168
              voff += adjust;
1169
              bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr);
1170
              break;
1171
 
1172
            case R_SH_USES:
1173
              irel->r_addend += adjust;
1174
              break;
1175
            }
1176
 
1177
          if (overflow)
1178
            {
1179
              ((*_bfd_error_handler)
1180
               (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"),
1181
                abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset));
1182
              bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
1183
              return FALSE;
1184
            }
1185
        }
1186
 
1187
      irel->r_offset = nraddr;
1188
    }
1189
 
1190
  /* Look through all the other sections.  If there contain any IMM32
1191
     relocs against internal symbols which we are not going to adjust
1192
     below, we may need to adjust the addends.  */
1193
  for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
1194
    {
1195
      Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
1196
      Elf_Internal_Rela *irelscan, *irelscanend;
1197
      bfd_byte *ocontents;
1198
 
1199
      if (o == sec
1200
          || (o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
1201
          || o->reloc_count == 0)
1202
        continue;
1203
 
1204
      /* We always cache the relocs.  Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is
1205
         FALSE, we should free them, if we are permitted to, when we
1206
         leave sh_coff_relax_section.  */
1207
      internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
1208
                         (abfd, o, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, TRUE));
1209
      if (internal_relocs == NULL)
1210
        return FALSE;
1211
 
1212
      ocontents = NULL;
1213
      irelscanend = internal_relocs + o->reloc_count;
1214
      for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelscanend; irelscan++)
1215
        {
1216
          /* Dwarf line numbers use R_SH_SWITCH32 relocs.  */
1217
          if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH32)
1218
            {
1219
              bfd_vma start, stop;
1220
              bfd_signed_vma voff;
1221
 
1222
              if (ocontents == NULL)
1223
                {
1224
                  if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
1225
                    ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents;
1226
                  else
1227
                    {
1228
                      /* We always cache the section contents.
1229
                         Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we
1230
                         should free them, if we are permitted to,
1231
                         when we leave sh_coff_relax_section.  */
1232
                      if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents))
1233
                        {
1234
                          if (ocontents != NULL)
1235
                            free (ocontents);
1236
                          return FALSE;
1237
                        }
1238
 
1239
                      elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents;
1240
                    }
1241
                }
1242
 
1243
              stop = irelscan->r_offset;
1244
              start
1245
                = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irelscan->r_addend);
1246
 
1247
              /* STOP is in a different section, so it won't change.  */
1248
              if (start > addr && start < toaddr)
1249
                irelscan->r_addend += count;
1250
 
1251
              voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1252
              stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff);
1253
 
1254
              if (start > addr
1255
                  && start < toaddr
1256
                  && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1257
                bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff + count,
1258
                                   ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1259
              else if (stop > addr
1260
                       && stop < toaddr
1261
                       && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1262
                bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff - count,
1263
                                   ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1264
            }
1265
 
1266
          if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DIR32)
1267
            continue;
1268
 
1269
          if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info) >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
1270
            continue;
1271
 
1272
 
1273
          isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info);
1274
          if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
1275
              && (isym->st_value <= addr
1276
                  || isym->st_value >= toaddr))
1277
            {
1278
              bfd_vma val;
1279
 
1280
              if (ocontents == NULL)
1281
                {
1282
                  if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
1283
                    ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents;
1284
                  else
1285
                    {
1286
                      /* We always cache the section contents.
1287
                         Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we
1288
                         should free them, if we are permitted to,
1289
                         when we leave sh_coff_relax_section.  */
1290
                      if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents))
1291
                        {
1292
                          if (ocontents != NULL)
1293
                            free (ocontents);
1294
                          return FALSE;
1295
                        }
1296
 
1297
                      elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents;
1298
                    }
1299
                }
1300
 
1301
              val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1302
              val += isym->st_value;
1303
              if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
1304
                bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count,
1305
                            ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1306
            }
1307
        }
1308
    }
1309
 
1310
  /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section.  */
1311
  isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
1312
  for (isym = isymbuf; isym < isymend; isym++)
1313
    {
1314
      if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
1315
          && isym->st_value > addr
1316
          && isym->st_value < toaddr)
1317
        isym->st_value -= count;
1318
    }
1319
 
1320
  /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section.  */
1321
  symcount = (symtab_hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym)
1322
              - symtab_hdr->sh_info);
1323
  sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
1324
  end_hashes = sym_hashes + symcount;
1325
  for (; sym_hashes < end_hashes; sym_hashes++)
1326
    {
1327
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym_hash = *sym_hashes;
1328
      if ((sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1329
           || sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1330
          && sym_hash->root.u.def.section == sec
1331
          && sym_hash->root.u.def.value > addr
1332
          && sym_hash->root.u.def.value < toaddr)
1333
        {
1334
          sym_hash->root.u.def.value -= count;
1335
        }
1336
    }
1337
 
1338
  /* See if we can move the ALIGN reloc forward.  We have adjusted
1339
     r_offset for it already.  */
1340
  if (irelalign != NULL)
1341
    {
1342
      bfd_vma alignto, alignaddr;
1343
 
1344
      alignto = BFD_ALIGN (toaddr, 1 << irelalign->r_addend);
1345
      alignaddr = BFD_ALIGN (irelalign->r_offset,
1346
                             1 << irelalign->r_addend);
1347
      if (alignto != alignaddr)
1348
        {
1349
          /* Tail recursion.  */
1350
          return sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, alignaddr,
1351
                                            (int) (alignto - alignaddr));
1352
        }
1353
    }
1354
 
1355
  return TRUE;
1356
}
1357
 
1358
/* Look for loads and stores which we can align to four byte
1359
   boundaries.  This is like sh_align_loads in coff-sh.c.  */
1360
 
1361
static bfd_boolean
1362
sh_elf_align_loads (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *sec,
1363
                    Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs,
1364
                    bfd_byte *contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1365
                    bfd_boolean *pswapped)
1366
{
1367
  Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
1368
  bfd_vma *labels = NULL;
1369
  bfd_vma *label, *label_end;
1370
  bfd_size_type amt;
1371
 
1372
  *pswapped = FALSE;
1373
 
1374
  irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
1375
 
1376
  /* Get all the addresses with labels on them.  */
1377
  amt = sec->reloc_count;
1378
  amt *= sizeof (bfd_vma);
1379
  labels = (bfd_vma *) bfd_malloc (amt);
1380
  if (labels == NULL)
1381
    goto error_return;
1382
  label_end = labels;
1383
  for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1384
    {
1385
      if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_LABEL)
1386
        {
1387
          *label_end = irel->r_offset;
1388
          ++label_end;
1389
        }
1390
    }
1391
 
1392
  /* Note that the assembler currently always outputs relocs in
1393
     address order.  If that ever changes, this code will need to sort
1394
     the label values and the relocs.  */
1395
 
1396
  label = labels;
1397
 
1398
  for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1399
    {
1400
      bfd_vma start, stop;
1401
 
1402
      if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE)
1403
        continue;
1404
 
1405
      start = irel->r_offset;
1406
 
1407
      for (irel++; irel < irelend; irel++)
1408
        if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DATA)
1409
          break;
1410
      if (irel < irelend)
1411
        stop = irel->r_offset;
1412
      else
1413
        stop = sec->size;
1414
 
1415
      if (! _bfd_sh_align_load_span (abfd, sec, contents, sh_elf_swap_insns,
1416
                                     internal_relocs, &label,
1417
                                     label_end, start, stop, pswapped))
1418
        goto error_return;
1419
    }
1420
 
1421
  free (labels);
1422
 
1423
  return TRUE;
1424
 
1425
 error_return:
1426
  if (labels != NULL)
1427
    free (labels);
1428
  return FALSE;
1429
}
1430
 
1431
#ifndef SH64_ELF
1432
/* Swap two SH instructions.  This is like sh_swap_insns in coff-sh.c.  */
1433
 
1434
static bfd_boolean
1435
sh_elf_swap_insns (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *relocs,
1436
                   bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma addr)
1437
{
1438
  Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = (Elf_Internal_Rela *) relocs;
1439
  unsigned short i1, i2;
1440
  Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
1441
 
1442
  /* Swap the instructions themselves.  */
1443
  i1 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr);
1444
  i2 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr + 2);
1445
  bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i2, contents + addr);
1446
  bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i1, contents + addr + 2);
1447
 
1448
  /* Adjust all reloc addresses.  */
1449
  irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
1450
  for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1451
    {
1452
      enum elf_sh_reloc_type type;
1453
      int add;
1454
 
1455
      /* There are a few special types of relocs that we don't want to
1456
         adjust.  These relocs do not apply to the instruction itself,
1457
         but are only associated with the address.  */
1458
      type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
1459
      if (type == R_SH_ALIGN
1460
          || type == R_SH_CODE
1461
          || type == R_SH_DATA
1462
          || type == R_SH_LABEL)
1463
        continue;
1464
 
1465
      /* If an R_SH_USES reloc points to one of the addresses being
1466
         swapped, we must adjust it.  It would be incorrect to do this
1467
         for a jump, though, since we want to execute both
1468
         instructions after the jump.  (We have avoided swapping
1469
         around a label, so the jump will not wind up executing an
1470
         instruction it shouldn't).  */
1471
      if (type == R_SH_USES)
1472
        {
1473
          bfd_vma off;
1474
 
1475
          off = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend;
1476
          if (off == addr)
1477
            irel->r_offset += 2;
1478
          else if (off == addr + 2)
1479
            irel->r_offset -= 2;
1480
        }
1481
 
1482
      if (irel->r_offset == addr)
1483
        {
1484
          irel->r_offset += 2;
1485
          add = -2;
1486
        }
1487
      else if (irel->r_offset == addr + 2)
1488
        {
1489
          irel->r_offset -= 2;
1490
          add = 2;
1491
        }
1492
      else
1493
        add = 0;
1494
 
1495
      if (add != 0)
1496
        {
1497
          bfd_byte *loc;
1498
          unsigned short insn, oinsn;
1499
          bfd_boolean overflow;
1500
 
1501
          loc = contents + irel->r_offset;
1502
          overflow = FALSE;
1503
          switch (type)
1504
            {
1505
            default:
1506
              break;
1507
 
1508
            case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1509
            case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1510
              insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1511
              oinsn = insn;
1512
              insn += add / 2;
1513
              if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1514
                overflow = TRUE;
1515
              bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1516
              break;
1517
 
1518
            case R_SH_IND12W:
1519
              insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1520
              oinsn = insn;
1521
              insn += add / 2;
1522
              if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000))
1523
                overflow = TRUE;
1524
              bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1525
              break;
1526
 
1527
            case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1528
              /* This reloc ignores the least significant 3 bits of
1529
                 the program counter before adding in the offset.
1530
                 This means that if ADDR is at an even address, the
1531
                 swap will not affect the offset.  If ADDR is an at an
1532
                 odd address, then the instruction will be crossing a
1533
                 four byte boundary, and must be adjusted.  */
1534
              if ((addr & 3) != 0)
1535
                {
1536
                  insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1537
                  oinsn = insn;
1538
                  insn += add / 2;
1539
                  if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1540
                    overflow = TRUE;
1541
                  bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1542
                }
1543
 
1544
              break;
1545
            }
1546
 
1547
          if (overflow)
1548
            {
1549
              ((*_bfd_error_handler)
1550
               (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"),
1551
                abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset));
1552
              bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
1553
              return FALSE;
1554
            }
1555
        }
1556
    }
1557
 
1558
  return TRUE;
1559
}
1560
#endif /* defined SH64_ELF */
1561
 
1562
/* Describes one of the various PLT styles.  */
1563
 
1564
struct elf_sh_plt_info
1565
{
1566
  /* The template for the first PLT entry, or NULL if there is no special
1567
     first entry.  */
1568
  const bfd_byte *plt0_entry;
1569
 
1570
  /* The size of PLT0_ENTRY in bytes, or 0 if PLT0_ENTRY is NULL.  */
1571
  bfd_vma plt0_entry_size;
1572
 
1573
  /* Index I is the offset into PLT0_ENTRY of a pointer to
1574
     _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + I * 4.  The value is MINUS_ONE
1575
     if there is no such pointer.  */
1576
  bfd_vma plt0_got_fields[3];
1577
 
1578
  /* The template for a symbol's PLT entry.  */
1579
  const bfd_byte *symbol_entry;
1580
 
1581
  /* The size of SYMBOL_ENTRY in bytes.  */
1582
  bfd_vma symbol_entry_size;
1583
 
1584
  /* Byte offsets of fields in SYMBOL_ENTRY.  Not all fields are used
1585
     on all targets.  The comments by each member indicate the value
1586
     that the field must hold.  */
1587
  struct {
1588
    bfd_vma got_entry; /* the address of the symbol's .got.plt entry */
1589
    bfd_vma plt; /* .plt (or a branch to .plt on VxWorks) */
1590
    bfd_vma reloc_offset; /* the offset of the symbol's JMP_SLOT reloc */
1591
    bfd_boolean got20; /* TRUE if got_entry points to a movi20
1592
                          instruction (instead of a constant pool
1593
                          entry).  */
1594
  } symbol_fields;
1595
 
1596
  /* The offset of the resolver stub from the start of SYMBOL_ENTRY.  */
1597
  bfd_vma symbol_resolve_offset;
1598
 
1599
  /* A different PLT layout which can be used for the first
1600
     MAX_SHORT_PLT entries.  It must share the same plt0.  NULL in
1601
     other cases.  */
1602
  const struct elf_sh_plt_info *short_plt;
1603
};
1604
 
1605
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
1606
 
1607
/* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
1608
 
1609
#define ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 64
1610
 
1611
/* First entry in an absolute procedure linkage table look like this.  */
1612
 
1613
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1614
{
1615
  0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* movi  .got.plt >> 16, r17 */
1616
  0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* shori .got.plt & 65535, r17 */
1617
  0x89, 0x10, 0x09, 0x90, /* ld.l  r17, 8, r25 */
1618
  0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1619
  0x89, 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, /* ld.l  r17, 4, r17 */
1620
  0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1621
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1622
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1623
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1624
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1625
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1626
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1627
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1628
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1629
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1630
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1631
};
1632
 
1633
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1634
{
1635
  0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi  .got.plt >> 16, r17 */
1636
  0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori .got.plt & 65535, r17 */
1637
  0x90, 0x09, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l  r17, 8, r25 */
1638
  0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1639
  0x10, 0x05, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l  r17, 4, r17 */
1640
  0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1641
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1642
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1643
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1644
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1645
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1646
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1647
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1648
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1649
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1650
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1651
};
1652
 
1653
/* Sebsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like
1654
   this.  */
1655
 
1656
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1657
{
1658
  0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi  nameN-in-GOT >> 16, r25 */
1659
  0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori nameN-in-GOT & 65535, r25 */
1660
  0x89, 0x90, 0x01, 0x90, /* ld.l  r25, 0, r25 */
1661
  0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1662
  0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1663
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1664
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1665
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1666
  0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi  .PLT0 >> 16, r25 */
1667
  0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori .PLT0 & 65535, r25 */
1668
  0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1669
  0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* movi  reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1670
  0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1671
  0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1672
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1673
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1674
};
1675
 
1676
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1677
{
1678
  0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi  nameN-in-GOT >> 16, r25 */
1679
  0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori nameN-in-GOT & 65535, r25 */
1680
  0x90, 0x01, 0x90, 0x89, /* ld.l  r25, 0, r25 */
1681
  0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1682
  0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1683
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1684
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1685
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1686
  0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi  .PLT0 >> 16, r25 */
1687
  0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori .PLT0 & 65535, r25 */
1688
  0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1689
  0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi  reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1690
  0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1691
  0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1692
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1693
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1694
};
1695
 
1696
/* Entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this.  */
1697
 
1698
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1699
{
1700
  0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi  nameN@GOT >> 16, r25 */
1701
  0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori nameN@GOT & 65535, r25 */
1702
  0x40, 0xc2, 0x65, 0x90, /* ldx.l r12, r25, r25 */
1703
  0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1704
  0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1705
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1706
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1707
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1708
  0xce, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* movi  -GOT_BIAS, r17 */
1709
  0x00, 0xc8, 0x45, 0x10, /* add.l r12, r17, r17 */
1710
  0x89, 0x10, 0x09, 0x90, /* ld.l  r17, 8, r25 */
1711
  0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1712
  0x89, 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, /* ld.l  r17, 4, r17 */
1713
  0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* movi  reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1714
  0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1715
  0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1716
};
1717
 
1718
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1719
{
1720
  0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi  nameN@GOT >> 16, r25 */
1721
  0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori nameN@GOT & 65535, r25 */
1722
  0x90, 0x65, 0xc2, 0x40, /* ldx.l r12, r25, r25 */
1723
  0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1724
  0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1725
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1726
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1727
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1728
  0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xce, /* movi  -GOT_BIAS, r17 */
1729
  0x10, 0x45, 0xc8, 0x00, /* add.l r12, r17, r17 */
1730
  0x90, 0x09, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l  r17, 8, r25 */
1731
  0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1732
  0x10, 0x05, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l  r17, 4, r17 */
1733
  0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi  reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1734
  0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1735
  0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1736
};
1737
 
1738
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info elf_sh_plts[2][2] = {
1739
  {
1740
    {
1741
      /* Big-endian non-PIC.  */
1742
      elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1743
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1744
      { 0, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1745
      elf_sh_plt_entry_be,
1746
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1747
      { 0, 32, 48, FALSE },
1748
      33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1749
      NULL
1750
    },
1751
    {
1752
      /* Little-endian non-PIC.  */
1753
      elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1754
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1755
      { 0, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1756
      elf_sh_plt_entry_le,
1757
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1758
      { 0, 32, 48, FALSE },
1759
      33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1760
      NULL
1761
    },
1762
  },
1763
  {
1764
    {
1765
      /* Big-endian PIC.  */
1766
      elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1767
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1768
      { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1769
      elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
1770
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1771
      { 0, MINUS_ONE, 52, FALSE },
1772
      33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1773
      NULL
1774
    },
1775
    {
1776
      /* Little-endian PIC.  */
1777
      elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1778
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1779
      { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1780
      elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
1781
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1782
      { 0, MINUS_ONE, 52, FALSE },
1783
      33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1784
      NULL
1785
    },
1786
  }
1787
};
1788
 
1789
/* Return offset of the linker in PLT0 entry.  */
1790
#define elf_sh_plt0_gotplt_offset(info) 0
1791
 
1792
/* Install a 32-bit PLT field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
1793
   VALUE is the field's value and CODE_P is true if VALUE refers to code,
1794
   not data.
1795
 
1796
   On SH64, each 32-bit field is loaded by a movi/shori pair.  */
1797
 
1798
inline static void
1799
install_plt_field (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_boolean code_p,
1800
                   unsigned long value, bfd_byte *addr)
1801
{
1802
  value |= code_p;
1803
  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
1804
              bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, addr)
1805
              | ((value >> 6) & 0x3fffc00),
1806
              addr);
1807
  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
1808
              bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, addr + 4)
1809
              | ((value << 10) & 0x3fffc00),
1810
              addr + 4);
1811
}
1812
 
1813
/* Return the type of PLT associated with ABFD.  PIC_P is true if
1814
   the object is position-independent.  */
1815
 
1816
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info *
1817
get_plt_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd_boolean pic_p)
1818
{
1819
  return &elf_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
1820
}
1821
#else
1822
/* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
1823
 
1824
#define ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28
1825
 
1826
/* First entry in an absolute procedure linkage table look like this.  */
1827
 
1828
/* Note - this code has been "optimised" not to use r2.  r2 is used by
1829
   GCC to return the address of large structures, so it should not be
1830
   corrupted here.  This does mean however, that this PLT does not conform
1831
   to the SH PIC ABI.  That spec says that r0 contains the type of the PLT
1832
   and r2 contains the GOT id.  This version stores the GOT id in r0 and
1833
   ignores the type.  Loaders can easily detect this difference however,
1834
   since the type will always be 0 or 8, and the GOT ids will always be
1835
   greater than or equal to 12.  */
1836
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1837
{
1838
  0xd0, 0x05,   /* mov.l 2f,r0 */
1839
  0x60, 0x02,   /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1840
  0x2f, 0x06,   /* mov.l r0,@-r15 */
1841
  0xd0, 0x03,   /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1842
  0x60, 0x02,   /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1843
  0x40, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r0 */
1844
  0x60, 0xf6,   /*  mov.l @r15+,r0 */
1845
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
1846
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
1847
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
1848
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8.  */
1849
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4.  */
1850
};
1851
 
1852
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1853
{
1854
  0x05, 0xd0,   /* mov.l 2f,r0 */
1855
  0x02, 0x60,   /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1856
  0x06, 0x2f,   /* mov.l r0,@-r15 */
1857
  0x03, 0xd0,   /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1858
  0x02, 0x60,   /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1859
  0x2b, 0x40,   /* jmp @r0 */
1860
  0xf6, 0x60,   /*  mov.l @r15+,r0 */
1861
  0x09, 0x00,   /* nop */
1862
  0x09, 0x00,   /* nop */
1863
  0x09, 0x00,   /* nop */
1864
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8.  */
1865
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4.  */
1866
};
1867
 
1868
/* Sebsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like
1869
   this.  */
1870
 
1871
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1872
{
1873
  0xd0, 0x04,   /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1874
  0x60, 0x02,   /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1875
  0xd1, 0x02,   /* mov.l 0f,r1 */
1876
  0x40, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r0 */
1877
  0x60, 0x13,   /*  mov r1,r0 */
1878
  0xd1, 0x03,   /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1879
  0x40, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r0 */
1880
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
1881
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0.  */
1882
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
1883
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
1884
};
1885
 
1886
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1887
{
1888
  0x04, 0xd0,   /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1889
  0x02, 0x60,   /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1890
  0x02, 0xd1,   /* mov.l 0f,r1 */
1891
  0x2b, 0x40,   /* jmp @r0 */
1892
  0x13, 0x60,   /*  mov r1,r0 */
1893
  0x03, 0xd1,   /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1894
  0x2b, 0x40,   /* jmp @r0 */
1895
  0x09, 0x00,   /*  nop */
1896
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0.  */
1897
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
1898
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
1899
};
1900
 
1901
/* Entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this.  */
1902
 
1903
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1904
{
1905
  0xd0, 0x04,   /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1906
  0x00, 0xce,   /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1907
  0x40, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r0 */
1908
  0x00, 0x09,   /*  nop */
1909
  0x50, 0xc2,   /* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */
1910
  0xd1, 0x03,   /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1911
  0x40, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r0 */
1912
  0x50, 0xc1,   /*  mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */
1913
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
1914
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
1915
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
1916
  0, 0, 0, 0    /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
1917
};
1918
 
1919
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1920
{
1921
  0x04, 0xd0,   /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1922
  0xce, 0x00,   /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1923
  0x2b, 0x40,   /* jmp @r0 */
1924
  0x09, 0x00,   /*  nop */
1925
  0xc2, 0x50,   /* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */
1926
  0x03, 0xd1,   /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1927
  0x2b, 0x40,   /* jmp @r0 */
1928
  0xc1, 0x50,   /*  mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */
1929
  0x09, 0x00,   /*  nop */
1930
  0x09, 0x00,   /* nop */
1931
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
1932
  0, 0, 0, 0    /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
1933
};
1934
 
1935
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info elf_sh_plts[2][2] = {
1936
  {
1937
    {
1938
      /* Big-endian non-PIC.  */
1939
      elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1940
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1941
      { MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 },
1942
      elf_sh_plt_entry_be,
1943
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1944
      { 20, 16, 24, FALSE },
1945
      8,
1946
      NULL
1947
    },
1948
    {
1949
      /* Little-endian non-PIC.  */
1950
      elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1951
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1952
      { MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 },
1953
      elf_sh_plt_entry_le,
1954
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1955
      { 20, 16, 24, FALSE },
1956
      8,
1957
      NULL
1958
    },
1959
  },
1960
  {
1961
    {
1962
      /* Big-endian PIC.  */
1963
      elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1964
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1965
      { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1966
      elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
1967
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1968
      { 20, MINUS_ONE, 24, FALSE },
1969
      8,
1970
      NULL
1971
    },
1972
    {
1973
      /* Little-endian PIC.  */
1974
      elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1975
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1976
      { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1977
      elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
1978
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1979
      { 20, MINUS_ONE, 24, FALSE },
1980
      8,
1981
      NULL
1982
    },
1983
  }
1984
};
1985
 
1986
#define VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE 12
1987
#define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
1988
 
1989
static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] =
1990
{
1991
  0xd1, 0x01,   /* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */
1992
  0x61, 0x12,   /* mov.l @r1,r1 */
1993
  0x41, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r1 */
1994
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
1995
  0, 0, 0, 0        /* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8.  */
1996
};
1997
 
1998
static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] =
1999
{
2000
  0x01, 0xd1,   /* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */
2001
  0x12, 0x61,   /* mov.l @r1,r1 */
2002
  0x2b, 0x41,   /* jmp @r1 */
2003
  0x09, 0x00,   /* nop */
2004
  0, 0, 0, 0        /* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8.  */
2005
};
2006
 
2007
static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2008
{
2009
  0xd0, 0x01,   /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2010
  0x60, 0x02,   /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
2011
  0x40, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r0 */
2012
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
2013
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
2014
  0xd0, 0x01,   /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2015
  0xa0, 0x00,   /* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.)  */
2016
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
2017
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
2018
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
2019
};
2020
 
2021
static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2022
{
2023
  0x01, 0xd0,   /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2024
  0x02, 0x60,   /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
2025
  0x2b, 0x40,   /* jmp @r0 */
2026
  0x09, 0x00,   /* nop */
2027
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
2028
  0x01, 0xd0,   /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2029
  0x00, 0xa0,   /* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.)  */
2030
  0x09, 0x00,   /* nop */
2031
  0x09, 0x00,   /* nop */
2032
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
2033
};
2034
 
2035
static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2036
{
2037
  0xd0, 0x01,   /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2038
  0x00, 0xce,   /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
2039
  0x40, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r0 */
2040
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
2041
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got.  */
2042
  0xd0, 0x01,   /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2043
  0x51, 0xc2,   /* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */
2044
  0x41, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r1 */
2045
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
2046
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
2047
};
2048
 
2049
static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2050
{
2051
  0x01, 0xd0,   /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2052
  0xce, 0x00,   /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
2053
  0x2b, 0x40,   /* jmp @r0 */
2054
  0x09, 0x00,   /* nop */
2055
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got.  */
2056
  0x01, 0xd0,   /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2057
  0xc2, 0x51,   /* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */
2058
  0x2b, 0x41,   /* jmp @r1 */
2059
  0x09, 0x00,   /* nop */
2060
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
2061
};
2062
 
2063
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info vxworks_sh_plts[2][2] = {
2064
  {
2065
    {
2066
      /* Big-endian non-PIC.  */
2067
      vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be,
2068
      VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE,
2069
      { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 },
2070
      vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be,
2071
      VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2072
      { 8, 14, 20, FALSE },
2073
      12,
2074
      NULL
2075
    },
2076
    {
2077
      /* Little-endian non-PIC.  */
2078
      vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le,
2079
      VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE,
2080
      { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 },
2081
      vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le,
2082
      VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2083
      { 8, 14, 20, FALSE },
2084
      12,
2085
      NULL
2086
    },
2087
  },
2088
  {
2089
    {
2090
      /* Big-endian PIC.  */
2091
      NULL,
2092
      0,
2093
      { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2094
      vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
2095
      VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2096
      { 8, MINUS_ONE, 20, FALSE },
2097
      12,
2098
      NULL
2099
    },
2100
    {
2101
      /* Little-endian PIC.  */
2102
      NULL,
2103
      0,
2104
      { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2105
      vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
2106
      VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2107
      { 8, MINUS_ONE, 20, FALSE },
2108
      12,
2109
      NULL
2110
    },
2111
  }
2112
};
2113
 
2114
/* FDPIC PLT entries.  Two unimplemented optimizations for lazy
2115
   binding are to omit the lazy binding stub when linking with -z now
2116
   and to move lazy binding stubs into a separate region for better
2117
   cache behavior.  */
2118
 
2119
#define FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28
2120
#define FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET 20
2121
 
2122
/* FIXME: The lazy binding stub requires a plt0 - which may need to be
2123
   duplicated if it is out of range, or which can be inlined.  So
2124
   right now it is always inlined, which wastes a word per stub.  It
2125
   might be easier to handle the duplication if we put the lazy
2126
   stubs separately.  */
2127
 
2128
static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be[FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2129
{
2130
  0xd0, 0x02,   /* mov.l @(12,pc),r0 */
2131
  0x01, 0xce,   /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2132
  0x70, 0x04,   /* add #4, r0 */
2133
  0x41, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r1 */
2134
  0x0c, 0xce,   /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2135
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
2136
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol's funcdesc */
2137
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
2138
  0x60, 0xc2,   /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2139
  0x40, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r0 */
2140
  0x53, 0xc1,   /*  mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2141
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
2142
};
2143
 
2144
static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le[FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2145
{
2146
  0x02, 0xd0,   /* mov.l @(12,pc),r0 */
2147
  0xce, 0x01,   /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2148
  0x04, 0x70,   /* add #4, r0 */
2149
  0x2b, 0x41,   /* jmp @r1 */
2150
  0xce, 0x0c,   /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2151
  0x09, 0x00,   /* nop */
2152
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol's funcdesc */
2153
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
2154
  0xc2, 0x60,   /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2155
  0x2b, 0x40,   /* jmp @r0 */
2156
  0xc1, 0x53,   /*  mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2157
  0x09, 0x00,   /* nop */
2158
};
2159
 
2160
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh_plts[2] = {
2161
  {
2162
    /* Big-endian PIC.  */
2163
    NULL,
2164
    0,
2165
    { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2166
    fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be,
2167
    FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2168
    { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2169
    FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2170
    NULL
2171
  },
2172
  {
2173
    /* Little-endian PIC.  */
2174
    NULL,
2175
    0,
2176
    { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2177
    fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le,
2178
    FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2179
    { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2180
    FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2181
    NULL
2182
  },
2183
};
2184
 
2185
/* On SH2A, we can use the movi20 instruction to generate shorter PLT
2186
   entries for the first 64K slots.  We use the normal FDPIC PLT entry
2187
   past that point; we could also use movi20s, which might be faster,
2188
   but would not be any smaller.  */
2189
 
2190
#define FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
2191
#define FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET 16
2192
 
2193
static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_be[FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2194
{
2195
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* movi20 #gotofffuncdesc,r0 */
2196
  0x01, 0xce,   /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2197
  0x70, 0x04,   /* add #4, r0 */
2198
  0x41, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r1 */
2199
  0x0c, 0xce,   /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2200
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
2201
  0x60, 0xc2,   /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2202
  0x40, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r0 */
2203
  0x53, 0xc1,   /*  mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2204
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
2205
};
2206
 
2207
static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_le[FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2208
{
2209
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* movi20 #gotofffuncdesc,r0 */
2210
  0xce, 0x01,   /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2211
  0x04, 0x70,   /* add #4, r0 */
2212
  0x2b, 0x41,   /* jmp @r1 */
2213
  0xce, 0x0c,   /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2214
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
2215
  0xc2, 0x60,   /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2216
  0x2b, 0x40,   /* jmp @r0 */
2217
  0xc1, 0x53,   /*  mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2218
  0x09, 0x00,   /* nop */
2219
};
2220
 
2221
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_be = {
2222
  /* Big-endian FDPIC, max index 64K.  */
2223
  NULL,
2224
  0,
2225
  { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2226
  fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_be,
2227
  FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2228
  { 0, MINUS_ONE, 12, TRUE },
2229
  FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2230
  NULL
2231
};
2232
 
2233
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_le = {
2234
  /* Little-endian FDPIC, max index 64K.  */
2235
  NULL,
2236
  0,
2237
  { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2238
  fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_le,
2239
  FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2240
  { 0, MINUS_ONE, 12, TRUE },
2241
  FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2242
  NULL
2243
};
2244
 
2245
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_plts[2] = {
2246
  {
2247
    /* Big-endian PIC.  */
2248
    NULL,
2249
    0,
2250
    { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2251
    fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be,
2252
    FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2253
    { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2254
    FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2255
    &fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_be
2256
  },
2257
  {
2258
    /* Little-endian PIC.  */
2259
    NULL,
2260
    0,
2261
    { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2262
    fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le,
2263
    FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2264
    { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2265
    FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2266
    &fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_le
2267
  },
2268
};
2269
 
2270
/* Return the type of PLT associated with ABFD.  PIC_P is true if
2271
   the object is position-independent.  */
2272
 
2273
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info *
2274
get_plt_info (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean pic_p)
2275
{
2276
  if (fdpic_object_p (abfd))
2277
    {
2278
      /* If any input file requires SH2A we can use a shorter PLT
2279
         sequence.  */
2280
      if (sh_get_arch_from_bfd_mach (bfd_get_mach (abfd)) & arch_sh2a_base)
2281
        return &fdpic_sh2a_plts[!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2282
      else
2283
        return &fdpic_sh_plts[!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2284
    }
2285
  if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
2286
    return &vxworks_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2287
  return &elf_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2288
}
2289
 
2290
/* Install a 32-bit PLT field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
2291
   VALUE is the field's value and CODE_P is true if VALUE refers to code,
2292
   not data.  */
2293
 
2294
inline static void
2295
install_plt_field (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_boolean code_p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2296
                   unsigned long value, bfd_byte *addr)
2297
{
2298
  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, value, addr);
2299
}
2300
#endif
2301
 
2302
/* The number of PLT entries which can use a shorter PLT, if any.
2303
   Currently always 64K, since only SH-2A FDPIC uses this; a
2304
   20-bit movi20 can address that many function descriptors below
2305
   _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.  */
2306
#define MAX_SHORT_PLT 65536
2307
 
2308
/* Return the index of the PLT entry at byte offset OFFSET.  */
2309
 
2310
static bfd_vma
2311
get_plt_index (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma offset)
2312
{
2313
  bfd_vma plt_index = 0;
2314
 
2315
  offset -= info->plt0_entry_size;
2316
  if (info->short_plt != NULL)
2317
    {
2318
      if (offset > MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size)
2319
        {
2320
          plt_index = MAX_SHORT_PLT;
2321
          offset -= MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size;
2322
        }
2323
      else
2324
        info = info->short_plt;
2325
    }
2326
  return plt_index + offset / info->symbol_entry_size;
2327
}
2328
 
2329
/* Do the inverse operation.  */
2330
 
2331
static bfd_vma
2332
get_plt_offset (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma plt_index)
2333
{
2334
  bfd_vma offset = 0;
2335
 
2336
  if (info->short_plt != NULL)
2337
    {
2338
      if (plt_index > MAX_SHORT_PLT)
2339
        {
2340
          offset = MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size;
2341
          plt_index -= MAX_SHORT_PLT;
2342
        }
2343
      else
2344
        info = info->short_plt;
2345
    }
2346
  return (offset + info->plt0_entry_size
2347
          + (plt_index * info->symbol_entry_size));
2348
}
2349
 
2350
/* The sh linker needs to keep track of the number of relocs that it
2351
   decides to copy as dynamic relocs in check_relocs for each symbol.
2352
   This is so that it can later discard them if they are found to be
2353
   unnecessary.  We store the information in a field extending the
2354
   regular ELF linker hash table.  */
2355
 
2356
struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs
2357
{
2358
  struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *next;
2359
 
2360
  /* The input section of the reloc.  */
2361
  asection *sec;
2362
 
2363
  /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section.  */
2364
  bfd_size_type count;
2365
 
2366
  /* Number of pc-relative relocs copied for the input section.  */
2367
  bfd_size_type pc_count;
2368
};
2369
 
2370
union gotref
2371
{
2372
  bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2373
  bfd_vma offset;
2374
};
2375
 
2376
/* sh ELF linker hash entry.  */
2377
 
2378
struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry
2379
{
2380
  struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
2381
 
2382
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
2383
  union
2384
  {
2385
    bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2386
    bfd_vma offset;
2387
  } datalabel_got;
2388
#endif
2389
 
2390
  /* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol.  */
2391
  struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *dyn_relocs;
2392
 
2393
  bfd_signed_vma gotplt_refcount;
2394
 
2395
  /* A local function descriptor, for FDPIC.  The refcount counts
2396
     R_SH_FUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC, and R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20
2397
     relocations; the PLT and GOT entry are accounted
2398
     for separately.  After adjust_dynamic_symbol, the offset is
2399
     MINUS_ONE if there is no local descriptor (dynamic linker
2400
     managed and no PLT entry, or undefined weak non-dynamic).
2401
     During check_relocs we do not yet know whether the local
2402
     descriptor will be canonical.  */
2403
  union gotref funcdesc;
2404
 
2405
  /* How many of the above refcounted relocations were R_SH_FUNCDESC,
2406
     and thus require fixups or relocations.  */
2407
  bfd_signed_vma abs_funcdesc_refcount;
2408
 
2409
  enum {
2410
    GOT_UNKNOWN = 0, GOT_NORMAL, GOT_TLS_GD, GOT_TLS_IE, GOT_FUNCDESC
2411
  } got_type;
2412
};
2413
 
2414
#define sh_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)(ent))
2415
 
2416
struct sh_elf_obj_tdata
2417
{
2418
  struct elf_obj_tdata root;
2419
 
2420
  /* got_type for each local got entry.  */
2421
  char *local_got_type;
2422
 
2423
  /* Function descriptor refcount and offset for each local symbol.  */
2424
  union gotref *local_funcdesc;
2425
};
2426
 
2427
#define sh_elf_tdata(abfd) \
2428
  ((struct sh_elf_obj_tdata *) (abfd)->tdata.any)
2429
 
2430
#define sh_elf_local_got_type(abfd) \
2431
  (sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_got_type)
2432
 
2433
#define sh_elf_local_funcdesc(abfd) \
2434
  (sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_funcdesc)
2435
 
2436
#define is_sh_elf(bfd) \
2437
  (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
2438
   && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
2439
   && elf_object_id (bfd) == SH_ELF_DATA)
2440
 
2441
/* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata
2442
   as the specific tdata.  */
2443
 
2444
static bfd_boolean
2445
sh_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
2446
{
2447
  return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct sh_elf_obj_tdata),
2448
                                  SH_ELF_DATA);
2449
}
2450
 
2451
/* sh ELF linker hash table.  */
2452
 
2453
struct elf_sh_link_hash_table
2454
{
2455
  struct elf_link_hash_table root;
2456
 
2457
  /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections.  */
2458
  asection *sgot;
2459
  asection *sgotplt;
2460
  asection *srelgot;
2461
  asection *splt;
2462
  asection *srelplt;
2463
  asection *sdynbss;
2464
  asection *srelbss;
2465
  asection *sfuncdesc;
2466
  asection *srelfuncdesc;
2467
  asection *srofixup;
2468
 
2469
  /* The (unloaded but important) VxWorks .rela.plt.unloaded section.  */
2470
  asection *srelplt2;
2471
 
2472
  /* Small local sym cache.  */
2473
  struct sym_cache sym_cache;
2474
 
2475
  /* A counter or offset to track a TLS got entry.  */
2476
  union
2477
    {
2478
      bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2479
      bfd_vma offset;
2480
    } tls_ldm_got;
2481
 
2482
  /* The type of PLT to use.  */
2483
  const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
2484
 
2485
  /* True if the target system is VxWorks.  */
2486
  bfd_boolean vxworks_p;
2487
 
2488
  /* True if the target system uses FDPIC.  */
2489
  bfd_boolean fdpic_p;
2490
};
2491
 
2492
/* Traverse an sh ELF linker hash table.  */
2493
 
2494
#define sh_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info)                    \
2495
  (elf_link_hash_traverse                                               \
2496
   (&(table)->root,                                                     \
2497
    (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
2498
    (info)))
2499
 
2500
/* Get the sh ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure.  */
2501
 
2502
#define sh_elf_hash_table(p) \
2503
  (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
2504
  == SH_ELF_DATA ? ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
2505
 
2506
/* Create an entry in an sh ELF linker hash table.  */
2507
 
2508
static struct bfd_hash_entry *
2509
sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
2510
                          struct bfd_hash_table *table,
2511
                          const char *string)
2512
{
2513
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *ret =
2514
    (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) entry;
2515
 
2516
  /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
2517
     subclass.  */
2518
  if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2519
    ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)
2520
           bfd_hash_allocate (table,
2521
                              sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry)));
2522
  if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2523
    return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
2524
 
2525
  /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
2526
  ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)
2527
         _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
2528
                                     table, string));
2529
  if (ret != (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2530
    {
2531
      ret->dyn_relocs = NULL;
2532
      ret->gotplt_refcount = 0;
2533
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
2534
      ret->datalabel_got.refcount = ret->root.got.refcount;
2535
#endif
2536
      ret->funcdesc.refcount = 0;
2537
      ret->abs_funcdesc_refcount = 0;
2538
      ret->got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
2539
    }
2540
 
2541
  return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
2542
}
2543
 
2544
/* Create an sh ELF linker hash table.  */
2545
 
2546
static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
2547
sh_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
2548
{
2549
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *ret;
2550
  bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table);
2551
 
2552
  ret = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) bfd_malloc (amt);
2553
  if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) NULL)
2554
    return NULL;
2555
 
2556
  if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
2557
                                      sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
2558
                                      sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry),
2559
                                      SH_ELF_DATA))
2560
    {
2561
      free (ret);
2562
      return NULL;
2563
    }
2564
 
2565
  ret->sgot = NULL;
2566
  ret->sgotplt = NULL;
2567
  ret->srelgot = NULL;
2568
  ret->splt = NULL;
2569
  ret->srelplt = NULL;
2570
  ret->sdynbss = NULL;
2571
  ret->srelbss = NULL;
2572
  ret->srelplt2 = NULL;
2573
  ret->sym_cache.abfd = NULL;
2574
  ret->tls_ldm_got.refcount = 0;
2575
  ret->plt_info = NULL;
2576
  ret->vxworks_p = vxworks_object_p (abfd);
2577
  ret->fdpic_p = fdpic_object_p (abfd);
2578
 
2579
  return &ret->root.root;
2580
}
2581
 
2582
static bfd_boolean
2583
sh_elf_omit_section_dynsym (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2584
                            struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *p)
2585
{
2586
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2587
 
2588
  /* Non-FDPIC binaries do not need dynamic symbols for sections.  */
2589
  if (!htab->fdpic_p)
2590
    return TRUE;
2591
 
2592
  /* We need dynamic symbols for every section, since segments can
2593
     relocate independently.  */
2594
  switch (elf_section_data (p)->this_hdr.sh_type)
2595
    {
2596
    case SHT_PROGBITS:
2597
    case SHT_NOBITS:
2598
      /* If sh_type is yet undecided, assume it could be
2599
         SHT_PROGBITS/SHT_NOBITS.  */
2600
    case SHT_NULL:
2601
      return FALSE;
2602
 
2603
      /* There shouldn't be section relative relocations
2604
         against any other section.  */
2605
    default:
2606
      return TRUE;
2607
    }
2608
}
2609
 
2610
/* Create .got, .gotplt, and .rela.got sections in DYNOBJ, and set up
2611
   shortcuts to them in our hash table.  */
2612
 
2613
static bfd_boolean
2614
create_got_section (bfd *dynobj, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2615
{
2616
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2617
 
2618
  if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
2619
    return FALSE;
2620
 
2621
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2622
  if (htab == NULL)
2623
    return FALSE;
2624
 
2625
  htab->sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got");
2626
  htab->sgotplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got.plt");
2627
  htab->srelgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.got");
2628
  if (! htab->sgot || ! htab->sgotplt || ! htab->srelgot)
2629
    abort ();
2630
 
2631
  htab->sfuncdesc = bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj, ".got.funcdesc",
2632
                                                 (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2633
                                                  | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2634
                                                  | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2635
                                                  | SEC_LINKER_CREATED));
2636
  if (htab->sfuncdesc == NULL
2637
      || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->sfuncdesc, 2))
2638
    return FALSE;
2639
 
2640
  htab->srelfuncdesc = bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj,
2641
                                                    ".rela.got.funcdesc",
2642
                                                    (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2643
                                                     | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2644
                                                     | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2645
                                                     | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2646
                                                     | SEC_READONLY));
2647
  if (htab->srelfuncdesc == NULL
2648
      || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->srelfuncdesc, 2))
2649
    return FALSE;
2650
 
2651
  /* Also create .rofixup.  */
2652
  htab->srofixup = bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj, ".rofixup",
2653
                                                (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2654
                                                 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2655
                                                 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2656
                                                 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2657
                                                 | SEC_READONLY));
2658
  if (htab->srofixup == NULL
2659
      || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->srofixup, 2))
2660
    return FALSE;
2661
 
2662
  return TRUE;
2663
}
2664
 
2665
/* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object.  */
2666
 
2667
static bfd_boolean
2668
sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2669
{
2670
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2671
  flagword flags, pltflags;
2672
  asection *s;
2673
  const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2674
  int ptralign = 0;
2675
 
2676
  switch (bed->s->arch_size)
2677
    {
2678
    case 32:
2679
      ptralign = 2;
2680
      break;
2681
 
2682
    case 64:
2683
      ptralign = 3;
2684
      break;
2685
 
2686
    default:
2687
      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2688
      return FALSE;
2689
    }
2690
 
2691
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2692
  if (htab == NULL)
2693
    return FALSE;
2694
 
2695
  if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
2696
    return TRUE;
2697
 
2698
  /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and
2699
     .rel[a].bss sections.  */
2700
 
2701
  flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2702
           | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2703
 
2704
  pltflags = flags;
2705
  pltflags |= SEC_CODE;
2706
  if (bed->plt_not_loaded)
2707
    pltflags &= ~ (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
2708
  if (bed->plt_readonly)
2709
    pltflags |= SEC_READONLY;
2710
 
2711
  s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".plt", pltflags);
2712
  htab->splt = s;
2713
  if (s == NULL
2714
      || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, bed->plt_alignment))
2715
    return FALSE;
2716
 
2717
  if (bed->want_plt_sym)
2718
    {
2719
      /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
2720
         .plt section.  */
2721
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2722
      struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL;
2723
 
2724
      if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
2725
             (info, abfd, "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
2726
              (bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, FALSE,
2727
              get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
2728
        return FALSE;
2729
 
2730
      h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
2731
      h->def_regular = 1;
2732
      h->type = STT_OBJECT;
2733
      htab->root.hplt = h;
2734
 
2735
      if (info->shared
2736
          && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2737
        return FALSE;
2738
    }
2739
 
2740
  s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd,
2741
                                   bed->default_use_rela_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt",
2742
                                   flags | SEC_READONLY);
2743
  htab->srelplt = s;
2744
  if (s == NULL
2745
      || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, ptralign))
2746
    return FALSE;
2747
 
2748
  if (htab->sgot == NULL
2749
      && !create_got_section (abfd, info))
2750
    return FALSE;
2751
 
2752
  {
2753
    const char *secname;
2754
    char *relname;
2755
    flagword secflags;
2756
    asection *sec;
2757
 
2758
    for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
2759
      {
2760
        secflags = bfd_get_section_flags (abfd, sec);
2761
        if ((secflags & (SEC_DATA | SEC_LINKER_CREATED))
2762
            || ((secflags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != SEC_HAS_CONTENTS))
2763
          continue;
2764
        secname = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
2765
        relname = (char *) bfd_malloc ((bfd_size_type) strlen (secname) + 6);
2766
        strcpy (relname, ".rela");
2767
        strcat (relname, secname);
2768
        if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, secname))
2769
          continue;
2770
        s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, relname,
2771
                                         flags | SEC_READONLY);
2772
        if (s == NULL
2773
            || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, ptralign))
2774
          return FALSE;
2775
      }
2776
  }
2777
 
2778
  if (bed->want_dynbss)
2779
    {
2780
      /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined
2781
         by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are
2782
         not functions.  We must allocate space for them in the process
2783
         image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
2784
         initialize them at run time.  The linker script puts the .dynbss
2785
         section into the .bss section of the final image.  */
2786
      s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".dynbss",
2787
                                       SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2788
      htab->sdynbss = s;
2789
      if (s == NULL)
2790
        return FALSE;
2791
 
2792
      /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs.  This section is not
2793
         normally needed.  We need to create it here, though, so that the
2794
         linker will map it to an output section.  We can't just create it
2795
         only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it
2796
         until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the
2797
         main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files
2798
         (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been
2799
         mapped to the output sections.  If the section turns out not to
2800
         be needed, we can discard it later.  We will never need this
2801
         section when generating a shared object, since they do not use
2802
         copy relocs.  */
2803
      if (! info->shared)
2804
        {
2805
          s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd,
2806
                                           (bed->default_use_rela_p
2807
                                            ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"),
2808
                                           flags | SEC_READONLY);
2809
          htab->srelbss = s;
2810
          if (s == NULL
2811
              || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, ptralign))
2812
            return FALSE;
2813
        }
2814
    }
2815
 
2816
  if (htab->vxworks_p)
2817
    {
2818
      if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
2819
        return FALSE;
2820
    }
2821
 
2822
  return TRUE;
2823
}
2824
 
2825
/* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
2826
   regular object.  The current definition is in some section of the
2827
   dynamic object, but we're not including those sections.  We have to
2828
   change the definition to something the rest of the link can
2829
   understand.  */
2830
 
2831
static bfd_boolean
2832
sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2833
                              struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
2834
{
2835
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2836
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
2837
  struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
2838
  asection *s;
2839
 
2840
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2841
  if (htab == NULL)
2842
    return FALSE;
2843
 
2844
  /* Make sure we know what is going on here.  */
2845
  BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.dynobj != NULL
2846
              && (h->needs_plt
2847
                  || h->u.weakdef != NULL
2848
                  || (h->def_dynamic
2849
                      && h->ref_regular
2850
                      && !h->def_regular)));
2851
 
2852
  /* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table.  We
2853
     will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later,
2854
     when we know the address of the .got section.  */
2855
  if (h->type == STT_FUNC
2856
      || h->needs_plt)
2857
    {
2858
      if (h->plt.refcount <= 0
2859
          || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
2860
          || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
2861
              && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
2862
        {
2863
          /* This case can occur if we saw a PLT reloc in an input
2864
             file, but the symbol was never referred to by a dynamic
2865
             object.  In such a case, we don't actually need to build
2866
             a procedure linkage table, and we can just do a REL32
2867
             reloc instead.  */
2868
          h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2869
          h->needs_plt = 0;
2870
        }
2871
 
2872
      return TRUE;
2873
    }
2874
  else
2875
    h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2876
 
2877
  /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
2878
     processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
2879
     real definition first, and we can just use the same value.  */
2880
  if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
2881
    {
2882
      BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2883
                  || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
2884
      h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
2885
      h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
2886
      if (info->nocopyreloc)
2887
        h->non_got_ref = h->u.weakdef->non_got_ref;
2888
      return TRUE;
2889
    }
2890
 
2891
  /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
2892
     is not a function.  */
2893
 
2894
  /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
2895
     only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
2896
     For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
2897
     be handled correctly by relocate_section.  */
2898
  if (info->shared)
2899
    return TRUE;
2900
 
2901
  /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
2902
     GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc.  */
2903
  if (!h->non_got_ref)
2904
    return TRUE;
2905
 
2906
  /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either.  */
2907
  if (info->nocopyreloc)
2908
    {
2909
      h->non_got_ref = 0;
2910
      return TRUE;
2911
    }
2912
 
2913
  eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
2914
  for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
2915
    {
2916
      s = p->sec->output_section;
2917
      if (s != NULL && (s->flags & (SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) != 0)
2918
        break;
2919
    }
2920
 
2921
  /* If we didn't find any dynamic relocs in sections which needs the
2922
     copy reloc, then we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding
2923
     the copy reloc.  */
2924
  if (p == NULL)
2925
    {
2926
      h->non_got_ref = 0;
2927
      return TRUE;
2928
    }
2929
 
2930
  if (h->size == 0)
2931
    {
2932
      (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("dynamic variable `%s' is zero size"),
2933
                             h->root.root.string);
2934
      return TRUE;
2935
    }
2936
 
2937
  /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
2938
     become part of the .bss section of the executable.  There will be
2939
     an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section.  The dynamic
2940
     object will contain position independent code, so all references
2941
     from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
2942
     offset table.  The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
2943
     determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
2944
     both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
2945
     same memory location for the variable.  */
2946
 
2947
  s = htab->sdynbss;
2948
  BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
2949
 
2950
  /* We must generate a R_SH_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
2951
     copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the
2952
     runtime process image.  We need to remember the offset into the
2953
     .rela.bss section we are going to use.  */
2954
  if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
2955
    {
2956
      asection *srel;
2957
 
2958
      srel = htab->srelbss;
2959
      BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
2960
      srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
2961
      h->needs_copy = 1;
2962
    }
2963
 
2964
  return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h, s);
2965
}
2966
 
2967
/* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
2968
   dynamic relocs.  */
2969
 
2970
static bfd_boolean
2971
allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
2972
{
2973
  struct bfd_link_info *info;
2974
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2975
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
2976
  struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
2977
 
2978
  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
2979
    return TRUE;
2980
 
2981
  info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
2982
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2983
  if (htab == NULL)
2984
    return FALSE;
2985
 
2986
  eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
2987
  if ((h->got.refcount > 0
2988
       || h->forced_local)
2989
      && eh->gotplt_refcount > 0)
2990
    {
2991
      /* The symbol has been forced local, or we have some direct got refs,
2992
         so treat all the gotplt refs as got refs. */
2993
      h->got.refcount += eh->gotplt_refcount;
2994
      if (h->plt.refcount >= eh->gotplt_refcount)
2995
        h->plt.refcount -= eh->gotplt_refcount;
2996
    }
2997
 
2998
  if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
2999
      && h->plt.refcount > 0
3000
      && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3001
          || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
3002
    {
3003
      /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3004
         Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
3005
      if (h->dynindx == -1
3006
          && !h->forced_local)
3007
        {
3008
          if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3009
            return FALSE;
3010
        }
3011
 
3012
      if (info->shared
3013
          || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (1, 0, h))
3014
        {
3015
          asection *s = htab->splt;
3016
          const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
3017
 
3018
          /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
3019
             first entry.  */
3020
          if (s->size == 0)
3021
            s->size += htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size;
3022
 
3023
          h->plt.offset = s->size;
3024
 
3025
          /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are
3026
             not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this
3027
             location in the .plt.  This is required to make function
3028
             pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and
3029
             the shared library.  Skip this for FDPIC, since the
3030
             function's address will be the address of the canonical
3031
             function descriptor.  */
3032
          if (!htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared && !h->def_regular)
3033
            {
3034
              h->root.u.def.section = s;
3035
              h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset;
3036
            }
3037
 
3038
          /* Make room for this entry.  */
3039
          plt_info = htab->plt_info;
3040
          if (plt_info->short_plt != NULL
3041
              && (get_plt_index (plt_info->short_plt, s->size) < MAX_SHORT_PLT))
3042
            plt_info = plt_info->short_plt;
3043
          s->size += plt_info->symbol_entry_size;
3044
 
3045
          /* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, which
3046
             will be placed in the .got section by the linker script.  */
3047
          if (!htab->fdpic_p)
3048
            htab->sgotplt->size += 4;
3049
          else
3050
            htab->sgotplt->size += 8;
3051
 
3052
          /* We also need to make an entry in the .rel.plt section.  */
3053
          htab->srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3054
 
3055
          if (htab->vxworks_p && !info->shared)
3056
            {
3057
              /* VxWorks executables have a second set of relocations
3058
                 for each PLT entry.  They go in a separate relocation
3059
                 section, which is processed by the kernel loader.  */
3060
 
3061
              /* There is a relocation for the initial PLT entry:
3062
                 an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.  */
3063
              if (h->plt.offset == htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size)
3064
                htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3065
 
3066
              /* There are two extra relocations for each subsequent
3067
                 PLT entry: an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the GOT entry,
3068
                 and an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the PLT entry.  */
3069
              htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) * 2;
3070
            }
3071
        }
3072
      else
3073
        {
3074
          h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3075
          h->needs_plt = 0;
3076
        }
3077
    }
3078
  else
3079
    {
3080
      h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3081
      h->needs_plt = 0;
3082
    }
3083
 
3084
  if (h->got.refcount > 0)
3085
    {
3086
      asection *s;
3087
      bfd_boolean dyn;
3088
      int got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
3089
 
3090
      /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3091
         Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
3092
      if (h->dynindx == -1
3093
          && !h->forced_local)
3094
        {
3095
          if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3096
            return FALSE;
3097
        }
3098
 
3099
      s = htab->sgot;
3100
      h->got.offset = s->size;
3101
      s->size += 4;
3102
      /* R_SH_TLS_GD needs 2 consecutive GOT slots.  */
3103
      if (got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
3104
        s->size += 4;
3105
      dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
3106
      if (!dyn)
3107
        {
3108
          /* No dynamic relocations required.  */
3109
          if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared
3110
              && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3111
              && (got_type == GOT_NORMAL || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC))
3112
            htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3113
        }
3114
      /* R_SH_TLS_IE_32 needs one dynamic relocation if dynamic,
3115
         R_SH_TLS_GD needs one if local symbol and two if global.  */
3116
      else if ((got_type == GOT_TLS_GD && h->dynindx == -1)
3117
               || got_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
3118
        htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3119
      else if (got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
3120
        htab->srelgot->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3121
      else if (got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
3122
        {
3123
          if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
3124
            htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3125
          else
3126
            htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3127
        }
3128
      else if ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3129
                || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3130
               && (info->shared
3131
                   || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, 0, h)))
3132
        htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3133
      else if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared && got_type == GOT_NORMAL
3134
               && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3135
                   || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
3136
        htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3137
    }
3138
  else
3139
    h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3140
 
3141
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
3142
  if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0)
3143
    {
3144
      asection *s;
3145
      bfd_boolean dyn;
3146
 
3147
      /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3148
         Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
3149
      if (h->dynindx == -1
3150
          && !h->forced_local)
3151
        {
3152
          if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3153
            return FALSE;
3154
        }
3155
 
3156
      s = htab->sgot;
3157
      eh->datalabel_got.offset = s->size;
3158
      s->size += 4;
3159
      dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
3160
      if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h))
3161
        htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3162
    }
3163
  else
3164
    eh->datalabel_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3165
#endif
3166
 
3167
  /* Allocate space for any dynamic relocations to function
3168
     descriptors, canonical or otherwise.  We need to relocate the
3169
     reference unless it resolves to zero, which only happens for
3170
     undefined weak symbols (either non-default visibility, or when
3171
     static linking).  Any GOT slot is accounted for elsewhere.  */
3172
  if (eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount > 0
3173
      && (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3174
          || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
3175
              && ! SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))))
3176
    {
3177
      if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
3178
        htab->srofixup->size += eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount * 4;
3179
      else
3180
        htab->srelgot->size
3181
          += eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3182
    }
3183
 
3184
  /* We must allocate a function descriptor if there are references to
3185
     a canonical descriptor (R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC or R_SH_FUNCDESC) and
3186
     the dynamic linker isn't going to allocate it.  None of this
3187
     applies if we already created one in .got.plt, but if the
3188
     canonical function descriptor can be in this object, there
3189
     won't be a PLT entry at all.  */
3190
  if ((eh->funcdesc.refcount > 0
3191
       || (h->got.offset != MINUS_ONE && eh->got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC))
3192
      && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3193
      && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
3194
    {
3195
      /* Make room for this function descriptor.  */
3196
      eh->funcdesc.offset = htab->sfuncdesc->size;
3197
      htab->sfuncdesc->size += 8;
3198
 
3199
      /* We will need a relocation or two fixups to initialize the
3200
         function descriptor, so allocate those too.  */
3201
      if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3202
        htab->srofixup->size += 8;
3203
      else
3204
        htab->srelfuncdesc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3205
    }
3206
 
3207
  if (eh->dyn_relocs == NULL)
3208
    return TRUE;
3209
 
3210
  /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
3211
     dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
3212
     defined in regular objects.  For the normal shared case, discard
3213
     space for pc-relative relocs that have become local due to symbol
3214
     visibility changes.  */
3215
 
3216
  if (info->shared)
3217
    {
3218
      if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3219
        {
3220
          struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
3221
 
3222
          for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
3223
            {
3224
              p->count -= p->pc_count;
3225
              p->pc_count = 0;
3226
              if (p->count == 0)
3227
                *pp = p->next;
3228
              else
3229
                pp = &p->next;
3230
            }
3231
        }
3232
 
3233
      if (htab->vxworks_p)
3234
        {
3235
          struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
3236
 
3237
          for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
3238
            {
3239
              if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0)
3240
                *pp = p->next;
3241
              else
3242
                pp = &p->next;
3243
            }
3244
        }
3245
 
3246
      /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
3247
         visibility.  */
3248
      if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL
3249
          && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3250
        {
3251
          if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
3252
            eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
3253
 
3254
          /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
3255
             symbol in PIEs.  */
3256
          else if (h->dynindx == -1
3257
                   && !h->forced_local)
3258
            {
3259
              if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3260
                return FALSE;
3261
            }
3262
        }
3263
    }
3264
  else
3265
    {
3266
      /* For the non-shared case, discard space for relocs against
3267
         symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
3268
         dynamic.  */
3269
 
3270
      if (!h->non_got_ref
3271
          && ((h->def_dynamic
3272
               && !h->def_regular)
3273
              || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
3274
                  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3275
                      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined))))
3276
        {
3277
          /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3278
             Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
3279
          if (h->dynindx == -1
3280
              && !h->forced_local)
3281
            {
3282
              if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3283
                return FALSE;
3284
            }
3285
 
3286
          /* If that succeeded, we know we'll be keeping all the
3287
             relocs.  */
3288
          if (h->dynindx != -1)
3289
            goto keep;
3290
        }
3291
 
3292
      eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
3293
 
3294
    keep: ;
3295
    }
3296
 
3297
  /* Finally, allocate space.  */
3298
  for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
3299
    {
3300
      asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
3301
      sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3302
 
3303
      /* If we need relocations, we do not need fixups.  */
3304
      if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared)
3305
        htab->srofixup->size -= 4 * (p->count - p->pc_count);
3306
    }
3307
 
3308
  return TRUE;
3309
}
3310
 
3311
/* Find any dynamic relocs that apply to read-only sections.  */
3312
 
3313
static bfd_boolean
3314
readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
3315
{
3316
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
3317
  struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
3318
 
3319
  eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
3320
  for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
3321
    {
3322
      asection *s = p->sec->output_section;
3323
 
3324
      if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
3325
        {
3326
          struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
3327
 
3328
          info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
3329
 
3330
          /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal.  */
3331
          return FALSE;
3332
        }
3333
    }
3334
  return TRUE;
3335
}
3336
 
3337
/* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
3338
   and the input sections have been assigned to output sections.
3339
   It's a convenient place to determine the PLT style.  */
3340
 
3341
static bfd_boolean
3342
sh_elf_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3343
{
3344
  sh_elf_hash_table (info)->plt_info = get_plt_info (output_bfd, info->shared);
3345
 
3346
  if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !info->relocatable)
3347
    {
3348
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3349
 
3350
      /* Force a PT_GNU_STACK segment to be created.  */
3351
      if (! elf_tdata (output_bfd)->stack_flags)
3352
        elf_tdata (output_bfd)->stack_flags = PF_R | PF_W | PF_X;
3353
 
3354
      /* Define __stacksize if it's not defined yet.  */
3355
      h = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), "__stacksize",
3356
                                FALSE, FALSE, FALSE);
3357
      if (! h || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
3358
          || h->type != STT_OBJECT
3359
          || !h->def_regular)
3360
        {
3361
          struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL;
3362
 
3363
          if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3364
                (info, output_bfd, "__stacksize",
3365
                 BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_abs_section_ptr, DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE,
3366
                 (const char *) NULL, FALSE,
3367
                 get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->collect, &bh)))
3368
            return FALSE;
3369
 
3370
          h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
3371
          h->def_regular = 1;
3372
          h->type = STT_OBJECT;
3373
        }
3374
    }
3375
  return TRUE;
3376
}
3377
 
3378
#if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
3379
 
3380
static bfd_boolean
3381
sh_elf_modify_program_headers (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3382
{
3383
  struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (output_bfd);
3384
  struct elf_segment_map *m;
3385
  Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
3386
 
3387
  /* objcopy and strip preserve what's already there using
3388
     sh_elf_copy_private_bfd_data ().  */
3389
  if (! info)
3390
    return TRUE;
3391
 
3392
  for (p = tdata->phdr, m = tdata->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next, p++)
3393
    if (m->p_type == PT_GNU_STACK)
3394
      break;
3395
 
3396
  if (m)
3397
    {
3398
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3399
 
3400
      /* Obtain the pointer to the __stacksize symbol.  */
3401
      h = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), "__stacksize",
3402
                                FALSE, FALSE, FALSE);
3403
      if (h)
3404
        {
3405
          while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
3406
                 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3407
            h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
3408
          BFD_ASSERT (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
3409
        }
3410
 
3411
      /* Set the header p_memsz from the symbol value.  We
3412
         intentionally ignore the symbol section.  */
3413
      if (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
3414
        p->p_memsz = h->root.u.def.value;
3415
      else
3416
        p->p_memsz = DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE;
3417
 
3418
      p->p_align = 8;
3419
    }
3420
 
3421
  return TRUE;
3422
}
3423
 
3424
#endif
3425
 
3426
/* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections.  */
3427
 
3428
static bfd_boolean
3429
sh_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3430
                              struct bfd_link_info *info)
3431
{
3432
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3433
  bfd *dynobj;
3434
  asection *s;
3435
  bfd_boolean relocs;
3436
  bfd *ibfd;
3437
 
3438
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3439
  if (htab == NULL)
3440
    return FALSE;
3441
 
3442
  dynobj = htab->root.dynobj;
3443
  BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
3444
 
3445
  if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
3446
    {
3447
      /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter.  */
3448
      if (info->executable)
3449
        {
3450
          s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".interp");
3451
          BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3452
          s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
3453
          s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
3454
        }
3455
    }
3456
 
3457
  /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
3458
     relocs.  */
3459
  for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link_next)
3460
    {
3461
      bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
3462
      bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
3463
      union gotref *local_funcdesc, *end_local_funcdesc;
3464
      char *local_got_type;
3465
      bfd_size_type locsymcount;
3466
      Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3467
      asection *srel;
3468
 
3469
      if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd))
3470
        continue;
3471
 
3472
      for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3473
        {
3474
          struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
3475
 
3476
          for (p = ((struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *)
3477
                    elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel);
3478
               p != NULL;
3479
               p = p->next)
3480
            {
3481
              if (! bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec)
3482
                  && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section))
3483
                {
3484
                  /* Input section has been discarded, either because
3485
                     it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
3486
                     linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
3487
                     the relocs too.  */
3488
                }
3489
              else if (htab->vxworks_p
3490
                       && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name,
3491
                                  ".tls_vars") == 0)
3492
                {
3493
                  /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
3494
                     handled specially by the loader.  */
3495
                }
3496
              else if (p->count != 0)
3497
                {
3498
                  srel = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
3499
                  srel->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3500
                  if ((p->sec->output_section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
3501
                    info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
3502
 
3503
                  /* If we need relocations, we do not need fixups.  */
3504
                  if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared)
3505
                    htab->srofixup->size -= 4 * (p->count - p->pc_count);
3506
                }
3507
            }
3508
        }
3509
 
3510
      symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
3511
      locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
3512
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
3513
      /* Count datalabel local GOT.  */
3514
      locsymcount *= 2;
3515
#endif
3516
      s = htab->sgot;
3517
      srel = htab->srelgot;
3518
 
3519
      local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
3520
      if (local_got)
3521
        {
3522
          end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
3523
          local_got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (ibfd);
3524
          local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd);
3525
          for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got)
3526
            {
3527
              if (*local_got > 0)
3528
                {
3529
                  *local_got = s->size;
3530
                  s->size += 4;
3531
                  if (*local_got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
3532
                    s->size += 4;
3533
                  if (info->shared)
3534
                    srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3535
                  else
3536
                    htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3537
 
3538
                  if (*local_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
3539
                    {
3540
                      if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
3541
                        {
3542
                          bfd_size_type size;
3543
 
3544
                          size = locsymcount * sizeof (union gotref);
3545
                          local_funcdesc = (union gotref *) bfd_zalloc (ibfd,
3546
                                                                        size);
3547
                          if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
3548
                            return FALSE;
3549
                          sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd) = local_funcdesc;
3550
                          local_funcdesc += (local_got
3551
                                             - elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd));
3552
                        }
3553
                      local_funcdesc->refcount++;
3554
                      ++local_funcdesc;
3555
                    }
3556
                }
3557
              else
3558
                *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
3559
              ++local_got_type;
3560
            }
3561
        }
3562
 
3563
      local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd);
3564
      if (local_funcdesc)
3565
        {
3566
          end_local_funcdesc = local_funcdesc + locsymcount;
3567
 
3568
          for (; local_funcdesc < end_local_funcdesc; ++local_funcdesc)
3569
            {
3570
              if (local_funcdesc->refcount > 0)
3571
                {
3572
                  local_funcdesc->offset = htab->sfuncdesc->size;
3573
                  htab->sfuncdesc->size += 8;
3574
                  if (!info->shared)
3575
                    htab->srofixup->size += 8;
3576
                  else
3577
                    htab->srelfuncdesc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3578
                }
3579
              else
3580
                local_funcdesc->offset = MINUS_ONE;
3581
            }
3582
        }
3583
 
3584
    }
3585
 
3586
  if (htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
3587
    {
3588
      /* Allocate 2 got entries and 1 dynamic reloc for R_SH_TLS_LD_32
3589
         relocs.  */
3590
      htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = htab->sgot->size;
3591
      htab->sgot->size += 8;
3592
      htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3593
    }
3594
  else
3595
    htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = -1;
3596
 
3597
  /* Only the reserved entries should be present.  For FDPIC, they go at
3598
     the end of .got.plt.  */
3599
  if (htab->fdpic_p)
3600
    {
3601
      BFD_ASSERT (htab->sgotplt && htab->sgotplt->size == 12);
3602
      htab->sgotplt->size = 0;
3603
    }
3604
 
3605
  /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
3606
     sym dynamic relocs.  */
3607
  elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, allocate_dynrelocs, info);
3608
 
3609
  /* Move the reserved entries and the _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol to the
3610
     end of the FDPIC .got.plt.  */
3611
  if (htab->fdpic_p)
3612
    {
3613
      htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value = htab->sgotplt->size;
3614
      htab->sgotplt->size += 12;
3615
    }
3616
 
3617
  /* At the very end of the .rofixup section is a pointer to the GOT.  */
3618
  if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->srofixup != NULL)
3619
    htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3620
 
3621
  /* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
3622
     Allocate memory for them.  */
3623
  relocs = FALSE;
3624
  for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3625
    {
3626
      if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
3627
        continue;
3628
 
3629
      if (s == htab->splt
3630
          || s == htab->sgot
3631
          || s == htab->sgotplt
3632
          || s == htab->sfuncdesc
3633
          || s == htab->srofixup
3634
          || s == htab->sdynbss)
3635
        {
3636
          /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
3637
             comment below.  */
3638
        }
3639
      else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s), ".rela"))
3640
        {
3641
          if (s->size != 0 && s != htab->srelplt && s != htab->srelplt2)
3642
            relocs = TRUE;
3643
 
3644
          /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
3645
             to copy relocs into the output file.  */
3646
          s->reloc_count = 0;
3647
        }
3648
      else
3649
        {
3650
          /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space.  */
3651
          continue;
3652
        }
3653
 
3654
      if (s->size == 0)
3655
        {
3656
          /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
3657
             output file.  This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
3658
             .rela.plt.  We must create both sections in
3659
             create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
3660
             before the linker maps input sections to output
3661
             sections.  The linker does that before
3662
             adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
3663
             function which decides whether anything needs to go
3664
             into these sections.  */
3665
 
3666
          s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3667
          continue;
3668
        }
3669
 
3670
      if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
3671
        continue;
3672
 
3673
      /* Allocate memory for the section contents.  We use bfd_zalloc
3674
         here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the
3675
         section's contents are written out.  This should not happen,
3676
         but this way if it does, we get a R_SH_NONE reloc instead
3677
         of garbage.  */
3678
      s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
3679
      if (s->contents == NULL)
3680
        return FALSE;
3681
    }
3682
 
3683
  if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
3684
    {
3685
      /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section.  We fill in the
3686
         values later, in sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
3687
         must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
3688
         the .dynamic section.  The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
3689
         dynamic linker and used by the debugger.  */
3690
#define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
3691
  _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
3692
 
3693
      if (info->executable)
3694
        {
3695
          if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0))
3696
            return FALSE;
3697
        }
3698
 
3699
      if (htab->splt->size != 0)
3700
        {
3701
          if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0)
3702
              || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
3703
              || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA)
3704
              || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0))
3705
            return FALSE;
3706
        }
3707
      else if ((elf_elfheader (output_bfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC)
3708
               && htab->sgot->size != 0)
3709
        {
3710
          if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0))
3711
            return FALSE;
3712
        }
3713
 
3714
      if (relocs)
3715
        {
3716
          if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0)
3717
              || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0)
3718
              || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT,
3719
                                      sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)))
3720
            return FALSE;
3721
 
3722
          /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section,
3723
             then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry.  */
3724
          if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
3725
            elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, readonly_dynrelocs, info);
3726
 
3727
          if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
3728
            {
3729
              if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0))
3730
                return FALSE;
3731
            }
3732
        }
3733
      if (htab->vxworks_p
3734
          && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info))
3735
        return FALSE;
3736
    }
3737
#undef add_dynamic_entry
3738
 
3739
  return TRUE;
3740
}
3741
 
3742
/* Add a dynamic relocation to the SRELOC section.  */
3743
 
3744
inline static bfd_vma
3745
sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (bfd *output_bfd, asection *sreloc, bfd_vma offset,
3746
                      int reloc_type, long dynindx, bfd_vma addend)
3747
{
3748
  Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
3749
  bfd_vma reloc_offset;
3750
 
3751
  outrel.r_offset = offset;
3752
  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, reloc_type);
3753
  outrel.r_addend = addend;
3754
 
3755
  reloc_offset = sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3756
  BFD_ASSERT (reloc_offset < sreloc->size);
3757
  bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel,
3758
                             sreloc->contents + reloc_offset);
3759
  sreloc->reloc_count++;
3760
 
3761
  return reloc_offset;
3762
}
3763
 
3764
/* Add an FDPIC read-only fixup.  */
3765
 
3766
inline static void
3767
sh_elf_add_rofixup (bfd *output_bfd, asection *srofixup, bfd_vma offset)
3768
{
3769
  bfd_vma fixup_offset;
3770
 
3771
  fixup_offset = srofixup->reloc_count++ * 4;
3772
  BFD_ASSERT (fixup_offset < srofixup->size);
3773
  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, offset, srofixup->contents + fixup_offset);
3774
}
3775
 
3776
/* Return the offset of the generated .got section from the
3777
   _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol.  */
3778
 
3779
static bfd_signed_vma
3780
sh_elf_got_offset (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab)
3781
{
3782
  return (htab->sgot->output_offset - htab->sgotplt->output_offset
3783
          - htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
3784
}
3785
 
3786
/* Find the segment number in which OSEC, and output section, is
3787
   located.  */
3788
 
3789
static unsigned
3790
sh_elf_osec_to_segment (bfd *output_bfd, asection *osec)
3791
{
3792 166 khays
  Elf_Internal_Phdr *p = NULL;
3793 14 khays
 
3794 166 khays
  if (output_bfd->xvec->flavour == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
3795
    p = _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (output_bfd, osec);
3796
 
3797 14 khays
  /* FIXME: Nothing ever says what this index is relative to.  The kernel
3798
     supplies data in terms of the number of load segments but this is
3799
     a phdr index and the first phdr may not be a load segment.  */
3800
  return (p != NULL) ? p - elf_tdata (output_bfd)->phdr : -1;
3801
}
3802
 
3803
static bfd_boolean
3804
sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (bfd *output_bfd, asection *osec)
3805
{
3806
  unsigned seg = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, osec);
3807
 
3808 166 khays
  return (seg != (unsigned) -1
3809
          && ! (elf_tdata (output_bfd)->phdr[seg].p_flags & PF_W));
3810 14 khays
}
3811
 
3812
/* Generate the initial contents of a local function descriptor, along
3813
   with any relocations or fixups required.  */
3814
static bfd_boolean
3815
sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (bfd *output_bfd,
3816
                            struct bfd_link_info *info,
3817
                            struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3818
                            bfd_vma offset,
3819
                            asection *section,
3820
                            bfd_vma value)
3821
{
3822
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3823
  int dynindx;
3824
  bfd_vma addr, seg;
3825
 
3826
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3827
 
3828
  /* FIXME: The ABI says that the offset to the function goes in the
3829
     descriptor, along with the segment index.  We're RELA, so it could
3830
     go in the reloc instead... */
3831
 
3832
  if (h != NULL && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3833
    {
3834
      section = h->root.u.def.section;
3835
      value = h->root.u.def.value;
3836
    }
3837
 
3838
  if (h == NULL || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3839
    {
3840
      dynindx = elf_section_data (section->output_section)->dynindx;
3841
      addr = value + section->output_offset;
3842
      seg = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, section->output_section);
3843
    }
3844
  else
3845
    {
3846
      BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
3847
      dynindx = h->dynindx;
3848
      addr = seg = 0;
3849
    }
3850
 
3851
  if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3852
    {
3853
      if (h == NULL || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3854
        {
3855
          sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
3856
                              offset
3857
                              + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3858
                              + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset);
3859
          sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
3860
                              offset + 4
3861
                              + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3862
                              + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset);
3863
        }
3864
 
3865
      /* There are no dynamic relocations so fill in the final
3866
         address and gp value (barring fixups).  */
3867
      addr += section->output_section->vma;
3868
      seg = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
3869
        + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
3870
        + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset;
3871
    }
3872
  else
3873
    sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, htab->srelfuncdesc,
3874
                          offset
3875
                          + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3876
                          + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset,
3877
                          R_SH_FUNCDESC_VALUE, dynindx, 0);
3878
 
3879
  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, addr, htab->sfuncdesc->contents + offset);
3880
  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, seg, htab->sfuncdesc->contents + offset + 4);
3881
 
3882
  return TRUE;
3883
}
3884
 
3885
/* Install a 20-bit movi20 field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
3886
   VALUE is the field's value.  Return bfd_reloc_ok if successful or an error
3887
   otherwise.  */
3888
 
3889
static bfd_reloc_status_type
3890
install_movi20_field (bfd *output_bfd, unsigned long relocation,
3891
                      bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
3892
                      bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma offset)
3893
{
3894
  unsigned long cur_val;
3895
  bfd_byte *addr;
3896
  bfd_reloc_status_type r;
3897
 
3898
  if (offset > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section))
3899
    return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
3900
 
3901
  r = bfd_check_overflow (complain_overflow_signed, 20, 0,
3902
                          bfd_arch_bits_per_address (input_bfd), relocation);
3903
  if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
3904
    return r;
3905
 
3906
  addr = contents + offset;
3907
  cur_val = bfd_get_16 (output_bfd, addr);
3908
  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, cur_val | ((relocation & 0xf0000) >> 12), addr);
3909
  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, relocation & 0xffff, addr + 2);
3910
 
3911
  return bfd_reloc_ok;
3912
}
3913
 
3914
/* Relocate an SH ELF section.  */
3915
 
3916
static bfd_boolean
3917
sh_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3918
                         bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
3919
                         bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
3920
                         Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
3921
                         asection **local_sections)
3922
{
3923
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3924
  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3925
  struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
3926
  Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
3927
  bfd *dynobj = NULL;
3928
  bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
3929
  asection *sgot = NULL;
3930
  asection *sgotplt = NULL;
3931
  asection *splt = NULL;
3932
  asection *sreloc = NULL;
3933
  asection *srelgot = NULL;
3934
  bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls;
3935
  unsigned isec_segment, got_segment, plt_segment, check_segment[2];
3936
  bfd_boolean fdpic_p = FALSE;
3937
 
3938
  BFD_ASSERT (is_sh_elf (input_bfd));
3939
 
3940
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3941
  if (htab != NULL)
3942
    {
3943
      dynobj = htab->root.dynobj;
3944
      sgot = htab->sgot;
3945
      sgotplt = htab->sgotplt;
3946
      splt = htab->splt;
3947
      fdpic_p = htab->fdpic_p;
3948
    }
3949
  symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
3950
  sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
3951
  local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
3952
 
3953
  isec_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3954
                                         input_section->output_section);
3955
  if (fdpic_p && sgot)
3956
    got_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3957
                                          sgot->output_section);
3958
  else
3959
    got_segment = -1;
3960
  if (fdpic_p && splt)
3961
    plt_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3962
                                          splt->output_section);
3963
  else
3964
    plt_segment = -1;
3965
 
3966
  /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
3967
     specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'.  */
3968
  is_vxworks_tls = (htab && htab->vxworks_p && info->shared
3969
                    && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name,
3970
                                ".tls_vars"));
3971
 
3972
  rel = relocs;
3973
  relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
3974
  for (; rel < relend; rel++)
3975
    {
3976
      int r_type;
3977
      reloc_howto_type *howto;
3978
      unsigned long r_symndx;
3979
      Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
3980
      asection *sec;
3981
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3982
      bfd_vma relocation;
3983
      bfd_vma addend = (bfd_vma) 0;
3984
      bfd_reloc_status_type r;
3985
      int seen_stt_datalabel = 0;
3986
      bfd_vma off;
3987
      int got_type;
3988
      const char *symname = NULL;
3989
 
3990
      r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
3991
 
3992
      r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
3993
 
3994
      /* Many of the relocs are only used for relaxing, and are
3995
         handled entirely by the relaxation code.  */
3996
      if (r_type >= (int) R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT
3997
          && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LABEL)
3998
        continue;
3999
      if (r_type == (int) R_SH_NONE)
4000
        continue;
4001
 
4002
      if (r_type < 0
4003
          || r_type >= R_SH_max
4004
          || (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC
4005
              && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC)
4006
          || (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2
4007
              && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2)
4008
          || (   r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3
4009
              && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3)
4010
          || (   r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4
4011
              && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4)
4012
          || (   r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5
4013
              && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5)
4014
          || (   r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_6
4015
              && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_6))
4016
        {
4017
          bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4018
          return FALSE;
4019
        }
4020
 
4021
      howto = get_howto_table (output_bfd) + r_type;
4022
 
4023
      /* For relocs that aren't partial_inplace, we get the addend from
4024
         the relocation.  */
4025
      if (! howto->partial_inplace)
4026
        addend = rel->r_addend;
4027
 
4028
      h = NULL;
4029
      sym = NULL;
4030
      sec = NULL;
4031
      check_segment[0] = -1;
4032
      check_segment[1] = -1;
4033
      if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
4034
        {
4035
          sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
4036
          sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
4037
 
4038
          symname = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
4039
            (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name);
4040
          if (symname == NULL || *symname == '\0')
4041
            symname = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
4042
 
4043
          relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
4044
                        + sec->output_offset
4045
                        + sym->st_value);
4046
          /* A local symbol never has STO_SH5_ISA32, so we don't need
4047
             datalabel processing here.  Make sure this does not change
4048
             without notice.  */
4049
          if ((sym->st_other & STO_SH5_ISA32) != 0)
4050
            ((*info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous)
4051
             (info,
4052
              _("Unexpected STO_SH5_ISA32 on local symbol is not handled"),
4053
              input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset));
4054
 
4055
          if (sec != NULL && elf_discarded_section (sec))
4056
            /* Handled below.  */
4057
            ;
4058
          else if (info->relocatable)
4059
            {
4060
              /* This is a relocatable link.  We don't have to change
4061
                 anything, unless the reloc is against a section symbol,
4062
                 in which case we have to adjust according to where the
4063
                 section symbol winds up in the output section.  */
4064
              if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
4065
                {
4066
                  if (! howto->partial_inplace)
4067
                    {
4068
                      /* For relocations with the addend in the
4069
                         relocation, we need just to update the addend.
4070
                         All real relocs are of type partial_inplace; this
4071
                         code is mostly for completeness.  */
4072
                      rel->r_addend += sec->output_offset;
4073
 
4074
                      continue;
4075
                    }
4076
 
4077
                  /* Relocs of type partial_inplace need to pick up the
4078
                     contents in the contents and add the offset resulting
4079
                     from the changed location of the section symbol.
4080
                     Using _bfd_final_link_relocate (e.g. goto
4081
                     final_link_relocate) here would be wrong, because
4082
                     relocations marked pc_relative would get the current
4083
                     location subtracted, and we must only do that at the
4084
                     final link.  */
4085
                  r = _bfd_relocate_contents (howto, input_bfd,
4086
                                              sec->output_offset
4087
                                              + sym->st_value,
4088
                                              contents + rel->r_offset);
4089
                  goto relocation_done;
4090
                }
4091
 
4092
              continue;
4093
            }
4094
          else if (! howto->partial_inplace)
4095
            {
4096
              relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
4097
              addend = rel->r_addend;
4098
            }
4099
          else if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
4100
                   && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
4101
            {
4102
              asection *msec;
4103
 
4104
              if (howto->rightshift || howto->src_mask != 0xffffffff)
4105
                {
4106
                  (*_bfd_error_handler)
4107
                    (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s relocation against SEC_MERGE section"),
4108
                     input_bfd, input_section,
4109
                     (long) rel->r_offset, howto->name);
4110
                  return FALSE;
4111
                }
4112
 
4113
              addend = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
4114
              msec = sec;
4115
              addend =
4116
                _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &msec, addend)
4117
                - relocation;
4118
              addend += msec->output_section->vma + msec->output_offset;
4119
              bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, addend, contents + rel->r_offset);
4120
              addend = 0;
4121
            }
4122
        }
4123
      else
4124
        {
4125
          /* FIXME: Ought to make use of the RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL macro.  */
4126
 
4127
          relocation = 0;
4128
          h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4129
          symname = h->root.root.string;
4130
          while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4131
                 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4132
            {
4133
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4134
              /* If the reference passes a symbol marked with
4135
                 STT_DATALABEL, then any STO_SH5_ISA32 on the final value
4136
                 doesn't count.  */
4137
              seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL;
4138
#endif
4139
              h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4140
            }
4141
          if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4142
              || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4143
            {
4144
              bfd_boolean dyn;
4145
 
4146
              dyn = htab ? htab->root.dynamic_sections_created : FALSE;
4147
              sec = h->root.u.def.section;
4148
              /* In these cases, we don't need the relocation value.
4149
                 We check specially because in some obscure cases
4150
                 sec->output_section will be NULL.  */
4151
              if (r_type == R_SH_GOTPC
4152
                  || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16
4153
                  || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16
4154
                  || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16
4155
                  || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_HI16
4156
                  || ((r_type == R_SH_PLT32
4157
                       || r_type == R_SH_PLT_LOW16
4158
                       || r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16
4159
                       || r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16
4160
                       || r_type == R_SH_PLT_HI16)
4161
                      && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
4162
                  || ((r_type == R_SH_GOT32
4163
                       || r_type == R_SH_GOT20
4164
                       || r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC
4165
                       || r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20
4166
                       || r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC
4167
                       || r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20
4168
                       || r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC
4169
                       || r_type == R_SH_GOT_LOW16
4170
                       || r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16
4171
                       || r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16
4172
                       || r_type == R_SH_GOT_HI16)
4173
                      && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
4174
                      && (! info->shared
4175
                          || (! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1)
4176
                          || !h->def_regular))
4177
                  /* The cases above are those in which relocation is
4178
                     overwritten in the switch block below.  The cases
4179
                     below are those in which we must defer relocation
4180
                     to run-time, because we can't resolve absolute
4181
                     addresses when creating a shared library.  */
4182
                  || (info->shared
4183
                      && ((! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1)
4184
                          || !h->def_regular)
4185
                      && ((r_type == R_SH_DIR32
4186
                           && !h->forced_local)
4187
                          || (r_type == R_SH_REL32
4188
                              && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
4189
                      && ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
4190
                          /* DWARF will emit R_SH_DIR32 relocations in its
4191
                             sections against symbols defined externally
4192
                             in shared libraries.  We can't do anything
4193
                             with them here.  */
4194
                          || ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
4195
                              && h->def_dynamic)))
4196
                  /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING
4197
                     sections because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and
4198
                     thus ld.so will not process them.  */
4199
                  || (sec->output_section == NULL
4200
                      && ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
4201
                          && h->def_dynamic))
4202
                  || (sec->output_section == NULL
4203
                      && (sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_TLS_IE
4204
                          || sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)))
4205
                ;
4206
              else if (sec->output_section != NULL)
4207
                relocation = ((h->root.u.def.value
4208
                              + sec->output_section->vma
4209
                              + sec->output_offset)
4210
                              /* A STO_SH5_ISA32 causes a "bitor 1" to the
4211
                                 symbol value, unless we've seen
4212
                                 STT_DATALABEL on the way to it.  */
4213
                              | ((h->other & STO_SH5_ISA32) != 0
4214
                                 && ! seen_stt_datalabel));
4215 163 khays
              else if (!info->relocatable
4216
                       && (_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
4217
                                                    input_section,
4218
                                                    rel->r_offset)
4219
                           != (bfd_vma) -1))
4220 14 khays
                {
4221
                  (*_bfd_error_handler)
4222
                    (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'"),
4223
                     input_bfd,
4224
                     input_section,
4225
                     (long) rel->r_offset,
4226
                     howto->name,
4227
                     h->root.root.string);
4228
                  return FALSE;
4229
                }
4230
            }
4231
          else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4232
            ;
4233
          else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE
4234
                   && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT)
4235
            ;
4236
          else if (!info->relocatable)
4237
            {
4238
              if (! info->callbacks->undefined_symbol
4239
                  (info, h->root.root.string, input_bfd,
4240
                   input_section, rel->r_offset,
4241
                   (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_GENERATE_ERROR
4242
                    || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))))
4243
                return FALSE;
4244
            }
4245
        }
4246
 
4247
      if (sec != NULL && elf_discarded_section (sec))
4248
        RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
4249
                                         rel, relend, howto, contents);
4250
 
4251
      if (info->relocatable)
4252
        continue;
4253
 
4254
      /* Check for inter-segment relocations in FDPIC files.  Most
4255
         relocations connect the relocation site to the location of
4256
         the target symbol, but there are some exceptions below.  */
4257
      check_segment[0] = isec_segment;
4258
      if (sec != NULL)
4259
        check_segment[1] = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
4260
                                                   sec->output_section);
4261
      else
4262
        check_segment[1] = -1;
4263
 
4264
      switch ((int) r_type)
4265
        {
4266
        final_link_relocate:
4267
          /* COFF relocs don't use the addend. The addend is used for
4268
             R_SH_DIR32 to be compatible with other compilers.  */
4269
          r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
4270
                                        contents, rel->r_offset,
4271
                                        relocation, addend);
4272
          break;
4273
 
4274
        case R_SH_IND12W:
4275
          goto final_link_relocate;
4276
 
4277
        case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
4278
        case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
4279
        case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
4280
          /* If the reloc is against the start of this section, then
4281
             the assembler has already taken care of it and the reloc
4282
             is here only to assist in relaxing.  If the reloc is not
4283
             against the start of this section, then it's against an
4284
             external symbol and we must deal with it ourselves.  */
4285
          if (input_section->output_section->vma + input_section->output_offset
4286
              != relocation)
4287
            {
4288
              int disp = (relocation
4289
                          - input_section->output_section->vma
4290
                          - input_section->output_offset
4291
                          - rel->r_offset);
4292
              int mask = 0;
4293
              switch (r_type)
4294
                {
4295
                case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
4296
                case R_SH_DIR8WPZ: mask = 1; break;
4297
                case R_SH_DIR8WPL: mask = 3; break;
4298
                default: mask = 0; break;
4299
                }
4300
              if (disp & mask)
4301
                {
4302
                  ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4303
                   (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned branch target for relax-support relocation"),
4304
                    input_section->owner,
4305
                    (unsigned long) rel->r_offset));
4306
                  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4307
                  return FALSE;
4308
                }
4309
              relocation -= 4;
4310
              goto final_link_relocate;
4311
            }
4312
          r = bfd_reloc_ok;
4313
          break;
4314
 
4315
        default:
4316
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4317
          if (shmedia_prepare_reloc (info, input_bfd, input_section,
4318
                                     contents, rel, &relocation))
4319
            goto final_link_relocate;
4320
#endif
4321
          bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4322
          return FALSE;
4323
 
4324
        case R_SH_DIR16:
4325
        case R_SH_DIR8:
4326
        case R_SH_DIR8U:
4327
        case R_SH_DIR8S:
4328
        case R_SH_DIR4U:
4329
          goto final_link_relocate;
4330
 
4331
        case R_SH_DIR8UL:
4332
        case R_SH_DIR4UL:
4333
          if (relocation & 3)
4334
            {
4335
              ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4336
               (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned %s relocation 0x%lx"),
4337
                input_section->owner,
4338
                (unsigned long) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
4339
                (unsigned long) relocation));
4340
              bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4341
              return FALSE;
4342
            }
4343
          goto final_link_relocate;
4344
 
4345
        case R_SH_DIR8UW:
4346
        case R_SH_DIR8SW:
4347
        case R_SH_DIR4UW:
4348
          if (relocation & 1)
4349
            {
4350
              ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4351
               (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned %s relocation 0x%lx"),
4352
                input_section->owner,
4353
                (unsigned long) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
4354
                (unsigned long) relocation));
4355
              bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4356
              return FALSE;
4357
            }
4358
          goto final_link_relocate;
4359
 
4360
        case R_SH_PSHA:
4361
          if ((signed int)relocation < -32
4362
              || (signed int)relocation > 32)
4363
            {
4364
              ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4365
               (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: R_SH_PSHA relocation %d not in range -32..32"),
4366
                input_section->owner,
4367
                (unsigned long) rel->r_offset,
4368
                (unsigned long) relocation));
4369
              bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4370
              return FALSE;
4371
            }
4372
          goto final_link_relocate;
4373
 
4374
        case R_SH_PSHL:
4375
          if ((signed int)relocation < -16
4376
              || (signed int)relocation > 16)
4377
            {
4378
              ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4379
               (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: R_SH_PSHL relocation %d not in range -32..32"),
4380
                input_section->owner,
4381
                (unsigned long) rel->r_offset,
4382
                (unsigned long) relocation));
4383
              bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4384
              return FALSE;
4385
            }
4386
          goto final_link_relocate;
4387
 
4388
        case R_SH_DIR32:
4389
        case R_SH_REL32:
4390
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4391
        case R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL:
4392
        case R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL:
4393
        case R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL:
4394
        case R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL:
4395
#endif
4396
          if (info->shared
4397
              && (h == NULL
4398
                  || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
4399
                  || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4400
              && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
4401
              && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
4402
              && !is_vxworks_tls
4403
              && (r_type == R_SH_DIR32
4404
                  || !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
4405
            {
4406
              Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4407
              bfd_byte *loc;
4408
              bfd_boolean skip, relocate;
4409
 
4410
              /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
4411
                 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
4412
                 time.  */
4413
 
4414
              if (sreloc == NULL)
4415
                {
4416
                  sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section
4417
                    (input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
4418
                  if (sreloc == NULL)
4419
                    return FALSE;
4420
                }
4421
 
4422
              skip = FALSE;
4423
              relocate = FALSE;
4424
 
4425
              outrel.r_offset =
4426
                _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
4427
                                         rel->r_offset);
4428
              if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
4429
                skip = TRUE;
4430
              else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
4431
                skip = TRUE, relocate = TRUE;
4432
              outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
4433
                                  + input_section->output_offset);
4434
 
4435
              if (skip)
4436
                memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
4437
              else if (r_type == R_SH_REL32)
4438
                {
4439
                  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1);
4440
                  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_REL32);
4441
                  outrel.r_addend
4442
                    = (howto->partial_inplace
4443
                       ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
4444
                       : addend);
4445
                }
4446
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4447
              else if (r_type == R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL
4448
                       || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL
4449
                       || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL
4450
                       || r_type == R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL)
4451
                {
4452
                  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1);
4453
                  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type);
4454
                  outrel.r_addend = addend;
4455
                }
4456
#endif
4457
              else if (fdpic_p
4458
                       && (h == NULL
4459
                           || ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1)
4460
                               && h->def_regular)))
4461
                {
4462
                  int dynindx;
4463
 
4464
                  BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
4465
                  BFD_ASSERT (sec->output_section != NULL);
4466
                  dynindx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
4467
                  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
4468
                  outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4469
                  outrel.r_addend
4470
                    += (howto->partial_inplace
4471
                        ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
4472
                        : addend);
4473
                  outrel.r_addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
4474
                }
4475
              else
4476
                {
4477
                  /* h->dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to
4478
                     become local.  */
4479
                  if (h == NULL
4480
                      || ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1)
4481
                          && h->def_regular))
4482
                    {
4483
                      relocate = howto->partial_inplace;
4484
                      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
4485
                    }
4486
                  else
4487
                    {
4488
                      BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
4489
                      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
4490
                    }
4491
                  outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4492
                  outrel.r_addend
4493
                    += (howto->partial_inplace
4494
                        ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
4495
                        : addend);
4496
                }
4497
 
4498
              loc = sreloc->contents;
4499
              loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4500
              bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
4501
 
4502
              check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4503
 
4504
              /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, we do
4505
                 not want to fiddle with the addend.  Otherwise, we
4506
                 need to include the symbol value so that it becomes
4507
                 an addend for the dynamic reloc.  */
4508
              if (! relocate)
4509
                continue;
4510
            }
4511
          else if (fdpic_p && !info->shared
4512
                   && r_type == R_SH_DIR32
4513
                   && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
4514
            {
4515
              bfd_vma offset;
4516
 
4517
              BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4518
 
4519
                if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
4520
                                            input_section->output_section))
4521
                  {
4522
                    (*_bfd_error_handler)
4523
                      (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): cannot emit fixup to `%s' in read-only section"),
4524
                       input_bfd,
4525
                       input_section,
4526
                       (long) rel->r_offset,
4527
                       symname);
4528
                    return FALSE;
4529
                  }
4530
 
4531
              offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
4532
                                                input_section, rel->r_offset);
4533
              if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
4534
                sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4535
                                    input_section->output_section->vma
4536
                                    + input_section->output_offset
4537
                                    + rel->r_offset);
4538
 
4539
              check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4540
            }
4541
          goto final_link_relocate;
4542
 
4543
        case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
4544
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4545
        case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
4546
        case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
4547
        case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
4548
        case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
4549
        case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
4550
        case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
4551
#endif
4552
          /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
4553
             procedure linkage table.  */
4554
 
4555
          if (h == NULL
4556
              || h->forced_local
4557
              || ! info->shared
4558
              || info->symbolic
4559
              || h->dynindx == -1
4560
              || h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1
4561
              || h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
4562
            goto force_got;
4563
 
4564
          /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
4565
             offset table extension for the procedure linkage table.  */
4566
 
4567
          BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4568
          BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4569
          relocation = (sgotplt->output_offset
4570
                        + (get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset)
4571
                           + 3) * 4);
4572
 
4573
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
4574
          relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4575
#endif
4576
 
4577
          goto final_link_relocate;
4578
 
4579
        force_got:
4580
        case R_SH_GOT32:
4581
        case R_SH_GOT20:
4582
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4583
        case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
4584
        case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
4585
        case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
4586
        case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
4587
        case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
4588
        case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
4589
#endif
4590
          /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
4591
             offset table.  */
4592
 
4593
          BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4594
          BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
4595
          check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4596
 
4597
          if (h != NULL)
4598
            {
4599
              bfd_boolean dyn;
4600
 
4601
              off = h->got.offset;
4602
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4603
              if (seen_stt_datalabel)
4604
                {
4605
                  struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *hsh;
4606
 
4607
                  hsh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)h;
4608
                  off = hsh->datalabel_got.offset;
4609
                }
4610
#endif
4611
              BFD_ASSERT (off != (bfd_vma) -1);
4612
 
4613
              dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
4614
              if (! WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
4615
                  || (info->shared
4616
                      && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
4617
                  || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)
4618
                      && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
4619
                {
4620
                  /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
4621
                     -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
4622
                     locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
4623
                     because of a version file.  We must initialize
4624
                     this entry in the global offset table.  Since the
4625
                     offset must always be a multiple of 4, we use the
4626
                     least significant bit to record whether we have
4627
                     initialized it already.
4628
 
4629
                     When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rela.got
4630
                     relocation entry to initialize the value.  This
4631
                     is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine.  */
4632
                  if ((off & 1) != 0)
4633
                    off &= ~1;
4634
                  else
4635
                    {
4636
                      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
4637
                                  sgot->contents + off);
4638
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4639
                      if (seen_stt_datalabel)
4640
                        {
4641
                          struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *hsh;
4642
 
4643
                          hsh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)h;
4644
                          hsh->datalabel_got.offset |= 1;
4645
                        }
4646
                      else
4647
#endif
4648
                        h->got.offset |= 1;
4649
 
4650
                      /* If we initialize the GOT entry here with a valid
4651
                         symbol address, also add a fixup.  */
4652
                      if (fdpic_p && !info->shared
4653
                          && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_NORMAL
4654
                          && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
4655
                              || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
4656
                        sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4657
                                            sgot->output_section->vma
4658
                                            + sgot->output_offset
4659
                                            + off);
4660
                    }
4661
                }
4662
 
4663
              relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
4664
            }
4665
          else
4666
            {
4667
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4668
              if (rel->r_addend)
4669
                {
4670
                  BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL
4671
                              && (local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info
4672
                                                    + r_symndx]
4673
                                  != (bfd_vma) -1));
4674
 
4675
                  off = local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info
4676
                                          + r_symndx];
4677
                }
4678
              else
4679
                {
4680
#endif
4681
              BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL
4682
                          && local_got_offsets[r_symndx] != (bfd_vma) -1);
4683
 
4684
              off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
4685
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4686
                }
4687
#endif
4688
 
4689
              /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4.  We use
4690
                 the least significant bit to record whether we have
4691
                 already generated the necessary reloc.  */
4692
              if ((off & 1) != 0)
4693
                off &= ~1;
4694
              else
4695
                {
4696
                  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, sgot->contents + off);
4697
 
4698
                  if (info->shared)
4699
                    {
4700
                      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4701
                      bfd_byte *loc;
4702
 
4703
                      if (srelgot == NULL)
4704
                        {
4705
                          srelgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
4706
                                                             ".rela.got");
4707
                          BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
4708
                        }
4709
 
4710
                      outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
4711
                                         + sgot->output_offset
4712
                                         + off);
4713
                      if (fdpic_p)
4714
                        {
4715
                          int dynindx
4716
                            = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
4717
                          outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
4718
                          outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4719
                          outrel.r_addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
4720
                        }
4721
                      else
4722
                        {
4723
                          outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
4724
                          outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4725
                        }
4726
                      loc = srelgot->contents;
4727
                      loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4728
                      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
4729
                    }
4730
                  else if (fdpic_p
4731
                           && (sh_elf_local_got_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx]
4732
                               == GOT_NORMAL))
4733
                    sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4734
                                        sgot->output_section->vma
4735
                                        + sgot->output_offset
4736
                                        + off);
4737
 
4738
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4739
                  if (rel->r_addend)
4740
                    local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] |= 1;
4741
                  else
4742
#endif
4743
                    local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
4744
                }
4745
 
4746
              relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
4747
            }
4748
 
4749
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
4750
          relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4751
#endif
4752
 
4753
          if (r_type == R_SH_GOT20)
4754
            {
4755
              r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
4756
                                        input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4757
                                        rel->r_offset);
4758
              break;
4759
            }
4760
          else
4761
            goto final_link_relocate;
4762
 
4763
        case R_SH_GOTOFF:
4764
        case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
4765
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4766
        case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16:
4767
        case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16:
4768
        case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16:
4769
        case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16:
4770
#endif
4771
          /* GOTOFF relocations are relative to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, which
4772
             we place at the start of the .got.plt section.  This is the same
4773
             as the start of the output .got section, unless there are function
4774
             descriptors in front of it.  */
4775
          BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4776
          BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4777
          check_segment[0] = got_segment;
4778
          relocation -= sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset
4779
            + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value;
4780
 
4781
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
4782
          relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4783
#endif
4784
 
4785
          addend = rel->r_addend;
4786
 
4787
          if (r_type == R_SH_GOTOFF20)
4788
            {
4789
              r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
4790
                                        input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4791
                                        rel->r_offset);
4792
              break;
4793
            }
4794
          else
4795
            goto final_link_relocate;
4796
 
4797
        case R_SH_GOTPC:
4798
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4799
        case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16:
4800
        case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16:
4801
        case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16:
4802
        case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16:
4803
#endif
4804
          /* Use global offset table as symbol value.  */
4805
 
4806
          BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4807
          relocation = sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset;
4808
 
4809
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
4810
          relocation += GOT_BIAS;
4811
#endif
4812
 
4813
          addend = rel->r_addend;
4814
 
4815
          goto final_link_relocate;
4816
 
4817
        case R_SH_PLT32:
4818
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4819
        case R_SH_PLT_LOW16:
4820
        case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16:
4821
        case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16:
4822
        case R_SH_PLT_HI16:
4823
#endif
4824
          /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
4825
             procedure linkage table.  */
4826
 
4827
          /* Resolve a PLT reloc against a local symbol directly,
4828
             without using the procedure linkage table.  */
4829
          if (h == NULL)
4830
            goto final_link_relocate;
4831
 
4832
          /* We don't want to warn on calls to undefined weak symbols,
4833
             as calls to them must be protected by non-NULL tests
4834
             anyway, and unprotected calls would invoke undefined
4835
             behavior.  */
4836
          if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4837
            check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4838
 
4839
          if (h->forced_local)
4840
            goto final_link_relocate;
4841
 
4842
          if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
4843
            {
4844
              /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol.  This
4845
                 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
4846
                 using -Bsymbolic.  */
4847
              goto final_link_relocate;
4848
            }
4849
 
4850
          BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL);
4851
          check_segment[1] = plt_segment;
4852
          relocation = (splt->output_section->vma
4853
                        + splt->output_offset
4854
                        + h->plt.offset);
4855
 
4856
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4857
          relocation++;
4858
#endif
4859
 
4860
          addend = rel->r_addend;
4861
 
4862
          goto final_link_relocate;
4863
 
4864
        /* Relocation is to the canonical function descriptor for this
4865
           symbol, possibly via the GOT.  Initialize the GOT
4866
           entry and function descriptor if necessary.  */
4867
        case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
4868
        case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
4869
        case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
4870
          {
4871
            int dynindx = -1;
4872
            asection *reloc_section;
4873
            bfd_vma reloc_offset;
4874
            int reloc_type = R_SH_FUNCDESC;
4875
 
4876
            BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4877
 
4878
            check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4879
 
4880
            /* FIXME: See what FRV does for global symbols in the
4881
               executable, with --export-dynamic.  Do they need ld.so
4882
               to allocate official descriptors?  See what this code
4883
               does.  */
4884
 
4885
            relocation = 0;
4886
            addend = 0;
4887
 
4888
            if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
4889
              {
4890
                reloc_section = input_section;
4891
                reloc_offset = rel->r_offset;
4892
              }
4893
            else
4894
              {
4895
                reloc_section = sgot;
4896
 
4897
                if (h != NULL)
4898
                  reloc_offset = h->got.offset;
4899
                else
4900
                  {
4901
                    BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL);
4902
                    reloc_offset = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
4903
                  }
4904
                BFD_ASSERT (reloc_offset != MINUS_ONE);
4905
 
4906
                if (reloc_offset & 1)
4907
                  {
4908
                    reloc_offset &= ~1;
4909
                    goto funcdesc_done_got;
4910
                  }
4911
              }
4912
 
4913
            if (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4914
                && (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4915
                    || !htab->root.dynamic_sections_created))
4916
              /* Undefined weak symbol which will not be dynamically
4917
                 resolved later; leave it at zero.  */
4918
              goto funcdesc_leave_zero;
4919
            else if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4920
                     && ! SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4921
              {
4922
                /* If the symbol needs a non-local function descriptor
4923
                   but binds locally (i.e., its visibility is
4924
                   protected), emit a dynamic relocation decayed to
4925
                   section+offset.  This is an optimization; the dynamic
4926
                   linker would resolve our function descriptor request
4927
                   to our copy of the function anyway.  */
4928
                dynindx = elf_section_data (h->root.u.def.section
4929
                                            ->output_section)->dynindx;
4930
                relocation += h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
4931
                  + h->root.u.def.value;
4932
              }
4933
            else if (! SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4934
              {
4935
                /* If the symbol is dynamic and there will be dynamic
4936
                   symbol resolution because we are or are linked with a
4937
                   shared library, emit a FUNCDESC relocation such that
4938
                   the dynamic linker will allocate the function
4939
                   descriptor.  */
4940
                BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
4941
                dynindx = h->dynindx;
4942
              }
4943
            else
4944
              {
4945
                bfd_vma offset;
4946
 
4947
                /* Otherwise, we know we have a private function
4948
                   descriptor, so reference it directly.  */
4949
                reloc_type = R_SH_DIR32;
4950
                dynindx = elf_section_data (htab->sfuncdesc
4951
                                            ->output_section)->dynindx;
4952
 
4953
                if (h)
4954
                  {
4955
                    offset = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset;
4956
                    BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
4957
                    if ((offset & 1) == 0)
4958
                      {
4959
                        if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, h,
4960
                                                         offset, NULL, 0))
4961
                          return FALSE;
4962
                        sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset |= 1;
4963
                      }
4964
                  }
4965
                else
4966
                  {
4967
                    union gotref *local_funcdesc;
4968
 
4969
                    local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (input_bfd);
4970
                    offset = local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset;
4971
                    BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
4972
                    if ((offset & 1) == 0)
4973
                      {
4974
                        if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, NULL,
4975
                                                         offset, sec,
4976
                                                         sym->st_value))
4977
                          return FALSE;
4978
                        local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset |= 1;
4979
                      }
4980
                  }
4981
 
4982
                relocation = htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset + (offset & ~1);
4983
              }
4984
 
4985
            if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4986
              {
4987
                bfd_vma offset;
4988
 
4989
                if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
4990
                                            reloc_section->output_section))
4991
                  {
4992
                    (*_bfd_error_handler)
4993
                      (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): cannot emit fixup to `%s' in read-only section"),
4994
                       input_bfd,
4995
                       input_section,
4996
                       (long) rel->r_offset,
4997
                       symname);
4998
                    return FALSE;
4999
                  }
5000
 
5001
                offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
5002
                                                  reloc_section, reloc_offset);
5003
 
5004
                if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
5005
                  sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
5006
                                      offset
5007
                                      + reloc_section->output_section->vma
5008
                                      + reloc_section->output_offset);
5009
              }
5010
            else if ((reloc_section->output_section->flags
5011
                      & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)) == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
5012
              {
5013
                bfd_vma offset;
5014
 
5015
                if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
5016
                                            reloc_section->output_section))
5017
                  {
5018
                    info->callbacks->warning
5019
                      (info,
5020
                       _("cannot emit dynamic relocations in read-only section"),
5021
                       symname, input_bfd, reloc_section, reloc_offset);
5022
                    return FALSE;
5023
                  }
5024
 
5025
                if (srelgot == NULL)
5026
                  {
5027
                    srelgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.got");
5028
                    BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
5029
                  }
5030
 
5031
                offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
5032
                                                  reloc_section, reloc_offset);
5033
 
5034
                if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
5035
                  sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, srelgot,
5036
                                        offset
5037
                                        + reloc_section->output_section->vma
5038
                                        + reloc_section->output_offset,
5039
                                        reloc_type, dynindx, relocation);
5040
 
5041
                if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
5042
                  {
5043
                    r = bfd_reloc_ok;
5044
                    break;
5045
                  }
5046
                else
5047
                  {
5048
                    relocation = 0;
5049
                    goto funcdesc_leave_zero;
5050
                  }
5051
              }
5052
 
5053
            if (SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
5054
              relocation += htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma;
5055
          funcdesc_leave_zero:
5056
            if (r_type != R_SH_FUNCDESC)
5057
              {
5058
                bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
5059
                            reloc_section->contents + reloc_offset);
5060
                if (h != NULL)
5061
                  h->got.offset |= 1;
5062
                else
5063
                  local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
5064
 
5065
              funcdesc_done_got:
5066
 
5067
                relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + reloc_offset;
5068
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
5069
                relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
5070
#endif
5071
              }
5072
            if (r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20)
5073
              {
5074
                r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
5075
                                          input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5076
                                          rel->r_offset);
5077
                break;
5078
              }
5079
            else
5080
              goto final_link_relocate;
5081
          }
5082
          break;
5083
 
5084
        case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
5085
        case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
5086
          /* FIXME: See R_SH_FUNCDESC comment about global symbols in the
5087
             executable and --export-dynamic.  If such symbols get
5088
             ld.so-allocated descriptors we can not use R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC
5089
             for them.  */
5090
          BFD_ASSERT (htab);
5091
 
5092
          check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5093
          relocation = 0;
5094
          addend = rel->r_addend;
5095
 
5096
          if (h && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5097
                    || !SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h)))
5098
            {
5099
              _bfd_error_handler
5100
                (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s relocation against external symbol \"%s\""),
5101
                 input_bfd, input_section, (long) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
5102
                 h->root.root.string);
5103
              return FALSE;
5104
            }
5105
          else
5106
            {
5107
              bfd_vma offset;
5108
 
5109
              /* Otherwise, we know we have a private function
5110
                 descriptor, so reference it directly.  */
5111
              if (h)
5112
                {
5113
                  offset = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset;
5114
                  BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
5115
                  if ((offset & 1) == 0)
5116
                    {
5117
                      if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, h,
5118
                                                       offset, NULL, 0))
5119
                        return FALSE;
5120
                      sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset |= 1;
5121
                    }
5122
                }
5123
              else
5124
                {
5125
                  union gotref *local_funcdesc;
5126
 
5127
                  local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (input_bfd);
5128
                  offset = local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset;
5129
                  BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
5130
                  if ((offset & 1) == 0)
5131
                    {
5132
                      if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, NULL,
5133
                                                       offset, sec,
5134
                                                       sym->st_value))
5135
                        return FALSE;
5136
                      local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset |= 1;
5137
                    }
5138
                }
5139
 
5140
              relocation = htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset + (offset & ~1);
5141
            }
5142
 
5143
          relocation -= (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
5144
                         + sgotplt->output_offset);
5145
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
5146
          relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
5147
#endif
5148
 
5149
          if (r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20)
5150
            {
5151
              r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
5152
                                        input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5153
                                        rel->r_offset);
5154
              break;
5155
            }
5156
          else
5157
            goto final_link_relocate;
5158
 
5159
        case R_SH_LOOP_START:
5160
          {
5161
            static bfd_vma start, end;
5162
 
5163
            start = (relocation + rel->r_addend
5164
                     - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset));
5165
            r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5166
                                   rel->r_offset, sec, start, end);
5167
            break;
5168
 
5169
        case R_SH_LOOP_END:
5170
            end = (relocation + rel->r_addend
5171
                   - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset));
5172
            r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5173
                                   rel->r_offset, sec, start, end);
5174
            break;
5175
          }
5176
 
5177
        case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5178
        case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5179
          BFD_ASSERT (htab);
5180
          check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5181
          r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL);
5182
          got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
5183
          if (h == NULL && local_got_offsets)
5184
            got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx];
5185
          else if (h != NULL)
5186
            {
5187
              got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
5188
              if (! info->shared
5189
                  && (h->dynindx == -1
5190
                      || h->def_regular))
5191
                r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
5192
            }
5193
 
5194
          if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 && got_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
5195
            r_type = R_SH_TLS_IE_32;
5196
 
5197
          if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_LE_32)
5198
            {
5199
              bfd_vma offset;
5200
              unsigned short insn;
5201
 
5202
              if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_SH_TLS_GD_32)
5203
                {
5204
                  /* GD->LE transition:
5205
                       mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
5206
                       jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5207
                       1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
5208
                     We change it into:
5209
                       mov.l 1f,r4; stc gbr,r0; add r4,r0; nop;
5210
                       nop; nop; ...
5211
                       1: .long x@TPOFF; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:.  */
5212
 
5213
                  offset = rel->r_offset;
5214
                  BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5215
                  /* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18.  */
5216
                  offset -= 16;
5217
                  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5218
                  if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
5219
                    {
5220
                      BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5221
                      offset -= 2;
5222
                      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5223
                    }
5224
 
5225
                  BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
5226
                  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5227
                  BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
5228
                  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5229
                  BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
5230
                  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
5231
                  BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
5232
                  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
5233
                  BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
5234
                  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
5235
                  BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
5236
 
5237
                  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 2);
5238
                  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 4);
5239
                  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6);
5240
                  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
5241
                  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
5242
                }
5243
              else
5244
                {
5245
                  int target;
5246
 
5247
                  /* IE->LE transition:
5248
                     mov.l 1f,r0; stc gbr,rN; mov.l @(r0,r12),rM;
5249
                     bra 2f; add ...; .align 2; 1: x@GOTTPOFF; 2:
5250
                     We change it into:
5251
                     mov.l .Ln,rM; stc gbr,rN; nop; ...;
5252
                     1: x@TPOFF; 2:.  */
5253
 
5254
                  offset = rel->r_offset;
5255
                  BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5256
                  /* Size of IE instructions is 10 or 12.  */
5257
                  offset -= 10;
5258
                  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5259
                  if ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x0012)
5260
                    {
5261
                      BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5262
                      offset -= 2;
5263
                      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5264
                    }
5265
 
5266
                  BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd000);
5267
                  target = insn & 0x00ff;
5268
                  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5269
                  BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x0012);
5270
                  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5271
                  BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x00ce);
5272
                  insn = 0xd000 | (insn & 0x0f00) | target;
5273
                  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn, contents + offset + 0);
5274
                  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4);
5275
                }
5276
 
5277
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation),
5278
                          contents + rel->r_offset);
5279
              continue;
5280
            }
5281
 
5282
          if (sgot == NULL || sgotplt == NULL)
5283
            abort ();
5284
 
5285
          if (h != NULL)
5286
            off = h->got.offset;
5287
          else
5288
            {
5289
              if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
5290
                abort ();
5291
 
5292
              off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
5293
            }
5294
 
5295
          /* Relocate R_SH_TLS_IE_32 directly when statically linking.  */
5296
          if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32
5297
              && ! htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
5298
            {
5299
              off &= ~1;
5300
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation),
5301
                          sgot->contents + off);
5302
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off,
5303
                          contents + rel->r_offset);
5304
              continue;
5305
            }
5306
 
5307
          if ((off & 1) != 0)
5308
            off &= ~1;
5309
          else
5310
            {
5311
              Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5312
              bfd_byte *loc;
5313
              int dr_type, indx;
5314
 
5315
              if (srelgot == NULL)
5316
                {
5317
                  srelgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.got");
5318
                  BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
5319
                }
5320
 
5321
              outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
5322
                                 + sgot->output_offset + off);
5323
 
5324
              if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1)
5325
                indx = 0;
5326
              else
5327
                indx = h->dynindx;
5328
 
5329
              dr_type = (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 ? R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 :
5330
                         R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32);
5331
              if (dr_type == R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 && indx == 0)
5332
                outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
5333
              else
5334
                outrel.r_addend = 0;
5335
              outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, dr_type);
5336
              loc = srelgot->contents;
5337
              loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5338
              bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5339
 
5340
              if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32)
5341
                {
5342
                  if (indx == 0)
5343
                    {
5344
                      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
5345
                                  relocation - dtpoff_base (info),
5346
                                  sgot->contents + off + 4);
5347
                    }
5348
                  else
5349
                    {
5350
                      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx,
5351
                                                    R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32);
5352
                      outrel.r_offset += 4;
5353
                      outrel.r_addend = 0;
5354
                      srelgot->reloc_count++;
5355
                      loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5356
                      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5357
                    }
5358
                }
5359
 
5360
              if (h != NULL)
5361
                h->got.offset |= 1;
5362
              else
5363
                local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
5364
            }
5365
 
5366
          if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
5367
            abort ();
5368
 
5369
          if (r_type == (int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
5370
            relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
5371
          else
5372
            {
5373
              bfd_vma offset;
5374
              unsigned short insn;
5375
 
5376
              /* GD->IE transition:
5377
                   mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
5378
                   jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5379
                   1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
5380
                 We change it into:
5381
                   mov.l 1f,r0; stc gbr,r4; mov.l @(r0,r12),r0; add r4,r0;
5382
                   nop; nop; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5383
                   1: .long x@TPOFF; 2:...; 3:.  */
5384
 
5385
              offset = rel->r_offset;
5386
              BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5387
              /* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18.  */
5388
              offset -= 16;
5389
              insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5390
              if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
5391
                {
5392
                  BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5393
                  offset -= 2;
5394
                  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5395
                }
5396
 
5397
              BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
5398
 
5399
              /* Replace mov.l 1f,R4 with mov.l 1f,r0.  */
5400
              bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn & 0xf0ff, contents + offset);
5401
 
5402
              insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5403
              BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
5404
              insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5405
              BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
5406
              insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
5407
              BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
5408
              insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
5409
              BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
5410
              insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
5411
              BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
5412
 
5413
              bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0412, contents + offset + 2);
5414
              bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x00ce, contents + offset + 4);
5415
              bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 6);
5416
              bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
5417
              bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
5418
 
5419
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off,
5420
                          contents + rel->r_offset);
5421
 
5422
              continue;
5423
          }
5424
 
5425
          addend = rel->r_addend;
5426
 
5427
          goto final_link_relocate;
5428
 
5429
        case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
5430
          BFD_ASSERT (htab);
5431
          check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5432
          if (! info->shared)
5433
            {
5434
              bfd_vma offset;
5435
              unsigned short insn;
5436
 
5437
              /* LD->LE transition:
5438
                   mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
5439
                   jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5440
                   1: .long x$TLSLD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
5441
                 We change it into:
5442
                   stc gbr,r0; nop; nop; nop;
5443
                   nop; nop; bra 3f; ...; 3:.  */
5444
 
5445
              offset = rel->r_offset;
5446
              BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5447
              /* Size of LD instructions is 16 or 18.  */
5448
              offset -= 16;
5449
              insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5450
              if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
5451
                {
5452
                  BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5453
                  offset -= 2;
5454
                  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5455
                }
5456
 
5457
              BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
5458
              insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5459
              BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
5460
              insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5461
              BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
5462
              insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
5463
              BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
5464
              insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
5465
              BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
5466
              insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
5467
              BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
5468
 
5469
              bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 0);
5470
              bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 2);
5471
              bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4);
5472
              bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6);
5473
              bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
5474
              bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
5475
 
5476
              continue;
5477
            }
5478
 
5479
          if (sgot == NULL || sgotplt == NULL)
5480
            abort ();
5481
 
5482
          off = htab->tls_ldm_got.offset;
5483
          if (off & 1)
5484
            off &= ~1;
5485
          else
5486
            {
5487
              Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5488
              bfd_byte *loc;
5489
 
5490
              srelgot = htab->srelgot;
5491
              if (srelgot == NULL)
5492
                abort ();
5493
 
5494
              outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
5495
                                 + sgot->output_offset + off);
5496
              outrel.r_addend = 0;
5497
              outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32);
5498
              loc = srelgot->contents;
5499
              loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5500
              bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5501
              htab->tls_ldm_got.offset |= 1;
5502
            }
5503
 
5504
          relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
5505
          addend = rel->r_addend;
5506
 
5507
          goto final_link_relocate;
5508
 
5509
        case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32:
5510
          check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5511
          if (! info->shared)
5512
            relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
5513
          else
5514
            relocation -= dtpoff_base (info);
5515
 
5516
          addend = rel->r_addend;
5517
          goto final_link_relocate;
5518
 
5519
        case R_SH_TLS_LE_32:
5520
          {
5521
            int indx;
5522
            Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5523
            bfd_byte *loc;
5524
 
5525
            check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5526
 
5527 161 khays
            if (! info->shared || info->pie)
5528 14 khays
              {
5529
                relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
5530
                addend = rel->r_addend;
5531
                goto final_link_relocate;
5532
              }
5533
 
5534
            if (sreloc == NULL)
5535
              {
5536
                sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section
5537
                  (input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
5538
                if (sreloc == NULL)
5539
                  return FALSE;
5540
              }
5541
 
5542
            if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1)
5543
              indx = 0;
5544
            else
5545
              indx = h->dynindx;
5546
 
5547
            outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma
5548
                               + input_section->output_offset
5549
                               + rel->r_offset);
5550
            outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32);
5551
            if (indx == 0)
5552
              outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
5553
            else
5554
              outrel.r_addend = 0;
5555
 
5556
            loc = sreloc->contents;
5557
            loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5558
            bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5559
            continue;
5560
          }
5561
        }
5562
 
5563
    relocation_done:
5564
      if (fdpic_p && check_segment[0] != (unsigned) -1
5565
          && check_segment[0] != check_segment[1])
5566
        {
5567
          /* We don't want duplicate errors for undefined symbols.  */
5568
          if (!h || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined)
5569
            {
5570
              if (info->shared)
5571
                {
5572
                  info->callbacks->einfo
5573
                    (_("%X%C: relocation to \"%s\" references a different segment\n"),
5574
                     input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, symname);
5575
                  return FALSE;
5576
                }
5577
              else
5578
                info->callbacks->einfo
5579
                  (_("%C: warning: relocation to \"%s\" references a different segment\n"),
5580
                   input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, symname);
5581
            }
5582
 
5583
          elf_elfheader (output_bfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_SH_PIC;
5584
        }
5585
 
5586
      if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
5587
        {
5588
          switch (r)
5589
            {
5590
            default:
5591
            case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
5592
              abort ();
5593
            case bfd_reloc_overflow:
5594
              {
5595
                const char *name;
5596
 
5597
                if (h != NULL)
5598
                  name = NULL;
5599
                else
5600
                  {
5601
                    name = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
5602
                            (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name));
5603
                    if (name == NULL)
5604
                      return FALSE;
5605
                    if (*name == '\0')
5606
                      name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
5607
                  }
5608
                if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
5609
                       (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), name, howto->name,
5610
                        (bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section,
5611
                        rel->r_offset)))
5612
                  return FALSE;
5613
              }
5614
              break;
5615
            }
5616
        }
5617
    }
5618
 
5619
  return TRUE;
5620
}
5621
 
5622
/* This is a version of bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents
5623
   which uses sh_elf_relocate_section.  */
5624
 
5625
static bfd_byte *
5626
sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents (bfd *output_bfd,
5627
                                       struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
5628
                                       struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
5629
                                       bfd_byte *data,
5630
                                       bfd_boolean relocatable,
5631
                                       asymbol **symbols)
5632
{
5633
  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5634
  asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
5635
  bfd *input_bfd = input_section->owner;
5636
  asection **sections = NULL;
5637
  Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL;
5638
  Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
5639
 
5640
  /* We only need to handle the case of relaxing, or of having a
5641
     particular set of section contents, specially.  */
5642
  if (relocatable
5643
      || elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents == NULL)
5644
    return bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info,
5645
                                                       link_order, data,
5646
                                                       relocatable,
5647
                                                       symbols);
5648
 
5649
  symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
5650
 
5651
  memcpy (data, elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents,
5652
          (size_t) input_section->size);
5653
 
5654
  if ((input_section->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0
5655
      && input_section->reloc_count > 0)
5656
    {
5657
      asection **secpp;
5658
      Elf_Internal_Sym *isym, *isymend;
5659
      bfd_size_type amt;
5660
 
5661
      internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
5662
                         (input_bfd, input_section, NULL,
5663
                          (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, FALSE));
5664
      if (internal_relocs == NULL)
5665
        goto error_return;
5666
 
5667
      if (symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
5668
        {
5669
          isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
5670
          if (isymbuf == NULL)
5671
            isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd, symtab_hdr,
5672
                                            symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
5673
                                            NULL, NULL, NULL);
5674
          if (isymbuf == NULL)
5675
            goto error_return;
5676
        }
5677
 
5678
      amt = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5679
      amt *= sizeof (asection *);
5680
      sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc (amt);
5681
      if (sections == NULL && amt != 0)
5682
        goto error_return;
5683
 
5684
      isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5685
      for (isym = isymbuf, secpp = sections; isym < isymend; ++isym, ++secpp)
5686
        {
5687
          asection *isec;
5688
 
5689
          if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
5690
            isec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
5691
          else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
5692
            isec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
5693
          else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
5694
            isec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
5695
          else
5696
            isec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd, isym->st_shndx);
5697
 
5698
          *secpp = isec;
5699
        }
5700
 
5701
      if (! sh_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, link_info, input_bfd,
5702
                                     input_section, data, internal_relocs,
5703
                                     isymbuf, sections))
5704
        goto error_return;
5705
 
5706
      if (sections != NULL)
5707
        free (sections);
5708
      if (isymbuf != NULL
5709
          && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
5710
        free (isymbuf);
5711
      if (elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs)
5712
        free (internal_relocs);
5713
    }
5714
 
5715
  return data;
5716
 
5717
 error_return:
5718
  if (sections != NULL)
5719
    free (sections);
5720
  if (isymbuf != NULL
5721
      && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
5722
    free (isymbuf);
5723
  if (internal_relocs != NULL
5724
      && elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs)
5725
    free (internal_relocs);
5726
  return NULL;
5727
}
5728
 
5729
/* Return the base VMA address which should be subtracted from real addresses
5730
   when resolving @dtpoff relocation.
5731
   This is PT_TLS segment p_vaddr.  */
5732
 
5733
static bfd_vma
5734
dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
5735
{
5736
  /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
5737
  if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
5738
    return 0;
5739
  return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
5740
}
5741
 
5742
/* Return the relocation value for R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32..  */
5743
 
5744
static bfd_vma
5745
tpoff (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_vma address)
5746
{
5747
  /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
5748
  if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
5749
    return 0;
5750
  /* SH TLS ABI is variant I and static TLS block start just after tcbhead
5751
     structure which has 2 pointer fields.  */
5752
  return (address - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma
5753
          + align_power ((bfd_vma) 8,
5754
                         elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->alignment_power));
5755
}
5756
 
5757
static asection *
5758
sh_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
5759
                     struct bfd_link_info *info,
5760
                     Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
5761
                     struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
5762
                     Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
5763
{
5764
  if (h != NULL)
5765
    switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
5766
      {
5767
      case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT:
5768
      case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY:
5769
        return NULL;
5770
      }
5771
 
5772
  return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
5773
}
5774
 
5775
/* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed.  */
5776
 
5777
static bfd_boolean
5778
sh_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
5779
                      asection *sec, const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
5780
{
5781
  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5782
  struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
5783
  bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
5784
  union gotref *local_funcdesc;
5785
  const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
5786
 
5787
  if (info->relocatable)
5788
    return TRUE;
5789
 
5790
  elf_section_data (sec)->local_dynrel = NULL;
5791
 
5792
  symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
5793
  sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
5794
  local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
5795
  local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd);
5796
 
5797
  relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
5798
  for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
5799
    {
5800
      unsigned long r_symndx;
5801
      unsigned int r_type;
5802
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
5803
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5804
      int seen_stt_datalabel = 0;
5805
#endif
5806
 
5807
      r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
5808
      if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
5809
        {
5810
          struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
5811
          struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
5812
          struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
5813
 
5814
          h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
5815
          while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
5816
                 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
5817
            {
5818
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5819
              seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL;
5820
#endif
5821
              h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
5822
            }
5823
          eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
5824
          for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; pp = &p->next)
5825
            if (p->sec == sec)
5826
              {
5827
                /* Everything must go for SEC.  */
5828
                *pp = p->next;
5829
                break;
5830
              }
5831
        }
5832
 
5833
      r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
5834
      switch (sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h != NULL))
5835
        {
5836
        case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
5837
          if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
5838
            sh_elf_hash_table (info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount -= 1;
5839
          break;
5840
 
5841
        case R_SH_GOT32:
5842
        case R_SH_GOT20:
5843
        case R_SH_GOTOFF:
5844
        case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
5845
        case R_SH_GOTPC:
5846
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5847
        case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
5848
        case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
5849
        case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
5850
        case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
5851
        case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
5852
        case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
5853
        case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16:
5854
        case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16:
5855
        case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16:
5856
        case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16:
5857
        case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16:
5858
        case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16:
5859
        case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16:
5860
        case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16:
5861
#endif
5862
        case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5863
        case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5864
        case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
5865
        case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
5866
          if (h != NULL)
5867
            {
5868
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5869
              if (seen_stt_datalabel)
5870
                {
5871
                  struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
5872
                  eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
5873
                  if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0)
5874
                    eh->datalabel_got.refcount -= 1;
5875
                }
5876
              else
5877
#endif
5878
                if (h->got.refcount > 0)
5879
                  h->got.refcount -= 1;
5880
            }
5881
          else if (local_got_refcounts != NULL)
5882
            {
5883
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5884
              if (rel->r_addend & 1)
5885
                {
5886
                  if (local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] > 0)
5887
                    local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] -= 1;
5888
                }
5889
              else
5890
#endif
5891
                if (local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0)
5892
                  local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] -= 1;
5893
            }
5894
          break;
5895
 
5896
        case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
5897
          if (h != NULL)
5898
            sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->abs_funcdesc_refcount -= 1;
5899
          else if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !info->shared)
5900
            sh_elf_hash_table (info)->srofixup->size -= 4;
5901
 
5902
          /* Fall through.  */
5903
 
5904
        case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
5905
        case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
5906
          if (h != NULL)
5907
            sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.refcount -= 1;
5908
          else
5909
            local_funcdesc[r_symndx].refcount -= 1;
5910
          break;
5911
 
5912
        case R_SH_DIR32:
5913
          if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !info->shared
5914
              && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5915
            sh_elf_hash_table (info)->srofixup->size -= 4;
5916
          /* Fall thru */
5917
 
5918
        case R_SH_REL32:
5919
          if (info->shared)
5920
            break;
5921
          /* Fall thru */
5922
 
5923
        case R_SH_PLT32:
5924
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5925
        case R_SH_PLT_LOW16:
5926
        case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16:
5927
        case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16:
5928
        case R_SH_PLT_HI16:
5929
#endif
5930
          if (h != NULL)
5931
            {
5932
              if (h->plt.refcount > 0)
5933
                h->plt.refcount -= 1;
5934
            }
5935
          break;
5936
 
5937
        case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
5938
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5939
        case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
5940
        case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
5941
        case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
5942
        case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
5943
        case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
5944
        case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
5945
#endif
5946
          if (h != NULL)
5947
            {
5948
              struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
5949
              eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
5950
              if (eh->gotplt_refcount > 0)
5951
                {
5952
                  eh->gotplt_refcount -= 1;
5953
                  if (h->plt.refcount > 0)
5954
                    h->plt.refcount -= 1;
5955
                }
5956
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5957
              else if (seen_stt_datalabel)
5958
                {
5959
                  if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0)
5960
                    eh->datalabel_got.refcount -= 1;
5961
                }
5962
#endif
5963
              else if (h->got.refcount > 0)
5964
                h->got.refcount -= 1;
5965
            }
5966
          else if (local_got_refcounts != NULL)
5967
            {
5968
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5969
              if (rel->r_addend & 1)
5970
                {
5971
                  if (local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] > 0)
5972
                    local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] -= 1;
5973
                }
5974
              else
5975
#endif
5976
                if (local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0)
5977
                  local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] -= 1;
5978
            }
5979
          break;
5980
 
5981
        default:
5982
          break;
5983
        }
5984
    }
5985
 
5986
  return TRUE;
5987
}
5988
 
5989
/* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry.  */
5990
 
5991
static void
5992
sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
5993
                             struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
5994
                             struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
5995
{
5996
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind;
5997
 
5998
  edir = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) dir;
5999
  eind = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) ind;
6000
 
6001
  if (eind->dyn_relocs != NULL)
6002
    {
6003
      if (edir->dyn_relocs != NULL)
6004
        {
6005
          struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
6006
          struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
6007
 
6008
          /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
6009
             list.  Merge any entries against the same section.  */
6010
          for (pp = &eind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
6011
            {
6012
              struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *q;
6013
 
6014
              for (q = edir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next)
6015
                if (q->sec == p->sec)
6016
                  {
6017
                    q->pc_count += p->pc_count;
6018
                    q->count += p->count;
6019
                    *pp = p->next;
6020
                    break;
6021
                  }
6022
              if (q == NULL)
6023
                pp = &p->next;
6024
            }
6025
          *pp = edir->dyn_relocs;
6026
        }
6027
 
6028
      edir->dyn_relocs = eind->dyn_relocs;
6029
      eind->dyn_relocs = NULL;
6030
    }
6031
  edir->gotplt_refcount = eind->gotplt_refcount;
6032
  eind->gotplt_refcount = 0;
6033
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6034
  edir->datalabel_got.refcount += eind->datalabel_got.refcount;
6035
  eind->datalabel_got.refcount = 0;
6036
#endif
6037
  edir->funcdesc.refcount += eind->funcdesc.refcount;
6038
  eind->funcdesc.refcount = 0;
6039
  edir->abs_funcdesc_refcount += eind->abs_funcdesc_refcount;
6040
  eind->abs_funcdesc_refcount = 0;
6041
 
6042
  if (ind->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
6043
      && dir->got.refcount <= 0)
6044
    {
6045
      edir->got_type = eind->got_type;
6046
      eind->got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
6047
    }
6048
 
6049
  if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect
6050
      && dir->dynamic_adjusted)
6051
    {
6052
      /* If called to transfer flags for a weakdef during processing
6053
         of elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, don't copy non_got_ref.
6054
         We clear it ourselves for ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS.  */
6055
      dir->ref_dynamic |= ind->ref_dynamic;
6056
      dir->ref_regular |= ind->ref_regular;
6057
      dir->ref_regular_nonweak |= ind->ref_regular_nonweak;
6058
      dir->needs_plt |= ind->needs_plt;
6059
    }
6060
  else
6061
    _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
6062
}
6063
 
6064
static int
6065
sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info, int r_type,
6066
                            int is_local)
6067
{
6068
  if (info->shared)
6069
    return r_type;
6070
 
6071
  switch (r_type)
6072
    {
6073
    case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
6074
    case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
6075
      if (is_local)
6076
        return R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
6077
      return R_SH_TLS_IE_32;
6078
    case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
6079
      return R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
6080
    }
6081
 
6082
  return r_type;
6083
}
6084
 
6085
/* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase.
6086
   Since we don't do .gots or .plts, we just need to consider the
6087
   virtual table relocs for gc.  */
6088
 
6089
static bfd_boolean
6090
sh_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *sec,
6091
                     const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
6092
{
6093
  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6094
  struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
6095
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
6096
  const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
6097
  const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
6098
  asection *sreloc;
6099
  unsigned int r_type;
6100
  int got_type, old_got_type;
6101
 
6102
  sreloc = NULL;
6103
 
6104
  if (info->relocatable)
6105
    return TRUE;
6106
 
6107
  BFD_ASSERT (is_sh_elf (abfd));
6108
 
6109
  symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
6110
  sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
6111
 
6112
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
6113
  if (htab == NULL)
6114
    return FALSE;
6115
 
6116
  rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
6117
  for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
6118
    {
6119
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
6120
      unsigned long r_symndx;
6121
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6122
      int seen_stt_datalabel = 0;
6123
#endif
6124
 
6125
      r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
6126
      r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
6127
 
6128
      if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
6129
        h = NULL;
6130
      else
6131
        {
6132
          h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
6133
          while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
6134
                 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
6135
            {
6136
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6137
              seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL;
6138
#endif
6139
              h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
6140
            }
6141
        }
6142
 
6143
      r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL);
6144
      if (! info->shared
6145
          && r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32
6146
          && h != NULL
6147
          && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined
6148
          && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
6149
          && (h->dynindx == -1
6150
              || h->def_regular))
6151
        r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
6152
 
6153
      if (htab->fdpic_p)
6154
        switch (r_type)
6155
          {
6156
          case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
6157
          case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
6158
          case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
6159
          case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6160
          case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6161
            if (h != NULL)
6162
              {
6163
                if (h->dynindx == -1)
6164
                  switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
6165
                    {
6166
                    case STV_INTERNAL:
6167
                    case STV_HIDDEN:
6168
                      break;
6169
                    default:
6170
                      bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h);
6171
                      break;
6172
                    }
6173
              }
6174
            break;
6175
          }
6176
 
6177
      /* Some relocs require a global offset table.  */
6178
      if (htab->sgot == NULL)
6179
        {
6180
          switch (r_type)
6181
            {
6182
            case R_SH_DIR32:
6183
              /* This may require an rofixup.  */
6184
              if (!htab->fdpic_p)
6185
                break;
6186
            case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
6187
            case R_SH_GOT32:
6188
            case R_SH_GOT20:
6189
            case R_SH_GOTOFF:
6190
            case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
6191
            case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
6192
            case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6193
            case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6194
            case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
6195
            case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
6196
            case R_SH_GOTPC:
6197
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6198
            case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
6199
            case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
6200
            case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
6201
            case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
6202
            case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
6203
            case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
6204
            case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
6205
            case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
6206
            case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
6207
            case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
6208
            case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
6209
            case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
6210
            case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16:
6211
            case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16:
6212
            case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16:
6213
            case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16:
6214
            case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16:
6215
            case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16:
6216
            case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16:
6217
            case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16:
6218
#endif
6219
            case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
6220
            case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
6221
            case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
6222
              if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL)
6223
                htab->root.dynobj = abfd;
6224
              if (!create_got_section (htab->root.dynobj, info))
6225
                return FALSE;
6226
              break;
6227
 
6228
            default:
6229
              break;
6230
            }
6231
        }
6232
 
6233
      switch (r_type)
6234
        {
6235
          /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
6236
             Reconstruct it for later use during GC.  */
6237
        case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT:
6238
          if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
6239
            return FALSE;
6240
          break;
6241
 
6242
          /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
6243
             used.  Record for later use during GC.  */
6244
        case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY:
6245
          BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
6246
          if (h != NULL
6247
              && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
6248
            return FALSE;
6249
          break;
6250
 
6251
        case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
6252
          if (info->shared)
6253
            info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
6254
 
6255
          /* FALLTHROUGH */
6256
        force_got:
6257
        case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
6258
        case R_SH_GOT32:
6259
        case R_SH_GOT20:
6260
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6261
        case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
6262
        case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
6263
        case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
6264
        case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
6265
        case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
6266
        case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
6267
#endif
6268
        case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6269
        case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6270
          switch (r_type)
6271
            {
6272
            default:
6273
              got_type = GOT_NORMAL;
6274
              break;
6275
            case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
6276
              got_type = GOT_TLS_GD;
6277
              break;
6278
            case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
6279
              got_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
6280
              break;
6281
            case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6282
            case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6283
              got_type = GOT_FUNCDESC;
6284
              break;
6285
            }
6286
 
6287
          if (h != NULL)
6288
            {
6289
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6290
              if (seen_stt_datalabel)
6291
                {
6292
                  struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh
6293
                    = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
6294
 
6295
                  eh->datalabel_got.refcount += 1;
6296
                }
6297
              else
6298
#endif
6299
                h->got.refcount += 1;
6300
              old_got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
6301
            }
6302
          else
6303
            {
6304
              bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
6305
 
6306
              /* This is a global offset table entry for a local
6307
                 symbol.  */
6308
              local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
6309
              if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
6310
                {
6311
                  bfd_size_type size;
6312
 
6313
                  size = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6314
                  size *= sizeof (bfd_signed_vma);
6315
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6316
                  /* Reserve space for both the datalabel and
6317
                     codelabel local GOT offsets.  */
6318
                  size *= 2;
6319
#endif
6320
                  size += symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6321
                  local_got_refcounts = ((bfd_signed_vma *)
6322
                                         bfd_zalloc (abfd, size));
6323
                  if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
6324
                    return FALSE;
6325
                  elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts;
6326
#ifdef  INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6327
                  /* Take care of both the datalabel and codelabel local
6328
                     GOT offsets.  */
6329
                  sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd)
6330
                    = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + 2 * symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6331
#else
6332
                  sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd)
6333
                    = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6334
#endif
6335
                }
6336
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6337
              if (rel->r_addend & 1)
6338
                local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] += 1;
6339
              else
6340
#endif
6341
                local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
6342
              old_got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) [r_symndx];
6343
            }
6344
 
6345
          /* If a TLS symbol is accessed using IE at least once,
6346
             there is no point to use dynamic model for it.  */
6347
          if (old_got_type != got_type && old_got_type != GOT_UNKNOWN
6348
              && (old_got_type != GOT_TLS_GD || got_type != GOT_TLS_IE))
6349
            {
6350
              if (old_got_type == GOT_TLS_IE && got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
6351
                got_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
6352
              else
6353
                {
6354
                  if ((old_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
6355
                      && (old_got_type == GOT_NORMAL || got_type == GOT_NORMAL))
6356
                    (*_bfd_error_handler)
6357
                      (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and FDPIC symbol"),
6358
                       abfd, h->root.root.string);
6359
                  else if (old_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC
6360
                           || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
6361
                    (*_bfd_error_handler)
6362
                      (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as FDPIC and thread local symbol"),
6363
                       abfd, h->root.root.string);
6364
                  else
6365
                    (*_bfd_error_handler)
6366
                    (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and thread local symbol"),
6367
                     abfd, h->root.root.string);
6368
                  return FALSE;
6369
                }
6370
            }
6371
 
6372
          if (old_got_type != got_type)
6373
            {
6374
              if (h != NULL)
6375
                sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type = got_type;
6376
              else
6377
                sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) [r_symndx] = got_type;
6378
            }
6379
 
6380
          break;
6381
 
6382
        case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
6383
          sh_elf_hash_table(info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount += 1;
6384
          break;
6385
 
6386
        case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
6387
        case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
6388
        case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
6389
          if (rel->r_addend)
6390
            {
6391
              (*_bfd_error_handler)
6392
                (_("%B: Function descriptor relocation with non-zero addend"),
6393
                 abfd);
6394
              return FALSE;
6395
            }
6396
 
6397
          if (h == NULL)
6398
            {
6399
              union gotref *local_funcdesc;
6400
 
6401
              /* We need a function descriptor for a local symbol.  */
6402
              local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd);
6403
              if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
6404
                {
6405
                  bfd_size_type size;
6406
 
6407
                  size = symtab_hdr->sh_info * sizeof (union gotref);
6408
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6409
                  /* Count datalabel local GOT.  */
6410
                  size *= 2;
6411
#endif
6412
                  local_funcdesc = (union gotref *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
6413
                  if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
6414
                    return FALSE;
6415
                  sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd) = local_funcdesc;
6416
                }
6417
              local_funcdesc[r_symndx].refcount += 1;
6418
 
6419
              if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
6420
                {
6421
                  if (!info->shared)
6422
                    htab->srofixup->size += 4;
6423
                  else
6424
                    htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6425
                }
6426
            }
6427
          else
6428
            {
6429
              sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.refcount++;
6430
              if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
6431
                sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->abs_funcdesc_refcount++;
6432
 
6433
              /* If there is a function descriptor reference, then
6434
                 there should not be any non-FDPIC references.  */
6435
              old_got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
6436
              if (old_got_type != GOT_FUNCDESC && old_got_type != GOT_UNKNOWN)
6437
                {
6438
                  if (old_got_type == GOT_NORMAL)
6439
                    (*_bfd_error_handler)
6440
                      (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and FDPIC symbol"),
6441
                       abfd, h->root.root.string);
6442
                  else
6443
                    (*_bfd_error_handler)
6444
                      (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as FDPIC and thread local symbol"),
6445
                       abfd, h->root.root.string);
6446
                }
6447
            }
6448
          break;
6449
 
6450
        case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
6451
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6452
        case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
6453
        case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
6454
        case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
6455
        case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
6456
        case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
6457
        case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
6458
#endif
6459
          /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
6460
             creating a procedure linkage table entry.  */
6461
 
6462
          if (h == NULL
6463
              || h->forced_local
6464
              || ! info->shared
6465
              || info->symbolic
6466
              || h->dynindx == -1)
6467
            goto force_got;
6468
 
6469
          h->needs_plt = 1;
6470
          h->plt.refcount += 1;
6471
          ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h)->gotplt_refcount += 1;
6472
 
6473
          break;
6474
 
6475
        case R_SH_PLT32:
6476
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6477
        case R_SH_PLT_LOW16:
6478
        case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16:
6479
        case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16:
6480
        case R_SH_PLT_HI16:
6481
#endif
6482
          /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry.  We
6483
             actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol,
6484
             because this might be a case of linking PIC code which is
6485
             never referenced by a dynamic object, in which case we
6486
             don't need to generate a procedure linkage table entry
6487
             after all.  */
6488
 
6489
          /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
6490
             creating a procedure linkage table entry.  */
6491
          if (h == NULL)
6492
            continue;
6493
 
6494
          if (h->forced_local)
6495
            break;
6496
 
6497
          h->needs_plt = 1;
6498
          h->plt.refcount += 1;
6499
          break;
6500
 
6501
        case R_SH_DIR32:
6502
        case R_SH_REL32:
6503
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6504
        case R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL:
6505
        case R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL:
6506
        case R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL:
6507
        case R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL:
6508
#endif
6509
          if (h != NULL && ! info->shared)
6510
            {
6511
              h->non_got_ref = 1;
6512
              h->plt.refcount += 1;
6513
            }
6514
 
6515
          /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
6516
             against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
6517
             against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
6518
             into the shared library.  However, if we are linking with
6519
             -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
6520
             global symbol which is defined in an object we are
6521
             including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set).  At
6522
             this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
6523
             possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
6524
             later (it is never cleared).  We account for that
6525
             possibility below by storing information in the
6526
             dyn_relocs field of the hash table entry. A similar
6527
             situation occurs when creating shared libraries and symbol
6528
             visibility changes render the symbol local.
6529
 
6530
             If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
6531
             may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
6532
             dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
6533
             symbol.  */
6534
          if ((info->shared
6535
               && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
6536
               && (r_type != R_SH_REL32
6537
                   || (h != NULL
6538
                       && (! info->symbolic
6539
                           || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
6540
                           || !h->def_regular))))
6541
              || (! info->shared
6542
                  && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
6543
                  && h != NULL
6544
                  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
6545
                      || !h->def_regular)))
6546
            {
6547
              struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
6548
              struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **head;
6549
 
6550
              if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL)
6551
                htab->root.dynobj = abfd;
6552
 
6553
              /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
6554
                 reloc types into the output file.  We create a reloc
6555
                 section in dynobj and make room for this reloc.  */
6556
              if (sreloc == NULL)
6557
                {
6558
                  sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
6559
                    (sec, htab->root.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
6560
 
6561
                  if (sreloc == NULL)
6562
                    return FALSE;
6563
                }
6564
 
6565
              /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
6566
                 relocations we need for this symbol.  */
6567
              if (h != NULL)
6568
                head = &((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h)->dyn_relocs;
6569
              else
6570
                {
6571
                  /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.  */
6572
                  asection *s;
6573
                  void *vpp;
6574
                  Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
6575
 
6576
                  isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
6577
                                                abfd, r_symndx);
6578
                  if (isym == NULL)
6579
                    return FALSE;
6580
 
6581
                  s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
6582
                  if (s == NULL)
6583
                    s = sec;
6584
 
6585
                  vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
6586
                  head = (struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **) vpp;
6587
                }
6588
 
6589
              p = *head;
6590
              if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec)
6591
                {
6592
                  bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*p);
6593
                  p = bfd_alloc (htab->root.dynobj, amt);
6594
                  if (p == NULL)
6595
                    return FALSE;
6596
                  p->next = *head;
6597
                  *head = p;
6598
                  p->sec = sec;
6599
                  p->count = 0;
6600
                  p->pc_count = 0;
6601
                }
6602
 
6603
              p->count += 1;
6604
              if (r_type == R_SH_REL32
6605
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6606
                  || r_type == R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL
6607
                  || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL
6608
                  || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL
6609
                  || r_type == R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL
6610
#endif
6611
                  )
6612
                p->pc_count += 1;
6613
            }
6614
 
6615
          /* Allocate the fixup regardless of whether we need a relocation.
6616
             If we end up generating the relocation, we'll unallocate the
6617
             fixup.  */
6618
          if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared
6619
              && r_type == R_SH_DIR32
6620
              && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
6621
            htab->srofixup->size += 4;
6622
          break;
6623
 
6624
        case R_SH_TLS_LE_32:
6625 161 khays
          if (info->shared && !info->pie)
6626 14 khays
            {
6627
              (*_bfd_error_handler)
6628
                (_("%B: TLS local exec code cannot be linked into shared objects"),
6629
                 abfd);
6630
              return FALSE;
6631
            }
6632
 
6633
          break;
6634
 
6635
        case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32:
6636
          /* Nothing to do.  */
6637
          break;
6638
 
6639
        default:
6640
          break;
6641
        }
6642
    }
6643
 
6644
  return TRUE;
6645
}
6646
 
6647
#ifndef sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags
6648
static unsigned int sh_ef_bfd_table[] = { EF_SH_BFD_TABLE };
6649
 
6650
static bfd_boolean
6651
sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (bfd *abfd)
6652
{
6653
  flagword flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK;
6654
 
6655
  if (flags >= sizeof(sh_ef_bfd_table))
6656
    return FALSE;
6657
 
6658
  if (sh_ef_bfd_table[flags] == 0)
6659
    return FALSE;
6660
 
6661
  bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_sh, sh_ef_bfd_table[flags]);
6662
 
6663
  return TRUE;
6664
}
6665
 
6666
 
6667
/* Reverse table lookup for sh_ef_bfd_table[].
6668
   Given a bfd MACH value from archures.c
6669
   return the equivalent ELF flags from the table.
6670
   Return -1 if no match is found.  */
6671
 
6672
int
6673
sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (unsigned long mach)
6674
{
6675
  int i = ARRAY_SIZE (sh_ef_bfd_table) - 1;
6676
 
6677
  for (; i>0; i--)
6678
    if (sh_ef_bfd_table[i] == mach)
6679
      return i;
6680
 
6681
  /* shouldn't get here */
6682
  BFD_FAIL();
6683
 
6684
  return -1;
6685
}
6686
#endif /* not sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags */
6687
 
6688
#ifndef sh_elf_set_private_flags
6689
/* Function to keep SH specific file flags.  */
6690
 
6691
static bfd_boolean
6692
sh_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
6693
{
6694
  BFD_ASSERT (! elf_flags_init (abfd)
6695
              || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
6696
 
6697
  elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
6698
  elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
6699
  return sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (abfd);
6700
}
6701
#endif /* not sh_elf_set_private_flags */
6702
 
6703
#ifndef sh_elf_copy_private_data
6704
/* Copy backend specific data from one object module to another */
6705
 
6706
static bfd_boolean
6707
sh_elf_copy_private_data (bfd * ibfd, bfd * obfd)
6708
{
6709
  /* Copy object attributes.  */
6710
  _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
6711
 
6712
  if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd))
6713
    return TRUE;
6714
 
6715
  /* Copy the stack size.  */
6716
  if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr && elf_tdata (obfd)->phdr
6717
      && fdpic_object_p (ibfd) && fdpic_object_p (obfd))
6718
    {
6719
      unsigned i;
6720
 
6721
      for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum; i++)
6722
        if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr[i].p_type == PT_GNU_STACK)
6723
          {
6724
            Elf_Internal_Phdr *iphdr = &elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr[i];
6725
 
6726
            for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_phnum; i++)
6727
              if (elf_tdata (obfd)->phdr[i].p_type == PT_GNU_STACK)
6728
                {
6729
                  memcpy (&elf_tdata (obfd)->phdr[i], iphdr, sizeof (*iphdr));
6730
 
6731
                  /* Rewrite the phdrs, since we're only called after they
6732
                     were first written.  */
6733
                  if (bfd_seek (obfd,
6734
                                (bfd_signed_vma) get_elf_backend_data (obfd)
6735
                                ->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0
6736
                      || get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->s
6737
                      ->write_out_phdrs (obfd, elf_tdata (obfd)->phdr,
6738
                                         elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_phnum) != 0)
6739
                    return FALSE;
6740
                  break;
6741
                }
6742
 
6743
            break;
6744
          }
6745
    }
6746
 
6747
  return sh_elf_set_private_flags (obfd, elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags);
6748
}
6749
#endif /* not sh_elf_copy_private_data */
6750
 
6751
#ifndef sh_elf_merge_private_data
6752
 
6753
/* This function returns the ELF architecture number that
6754
   corresponds to the given arch_sh* flags.  */
6755
 
6756
int
6757
sh_find_elf_flags (unsigned int arch_set)
6758
{
6759
  extern unsigned long sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (unsigned int);
6760
  unsigned long bfd_mach = sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (arch_set);
6761
 
6762
  return sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_mach);
6763
}
6764
 
6765
/* This routine initialises the elf flags when required and
6766
   calls sh_merge_bfd_arch() to check dsp/fpu compatibility.  */
6767
 
6768
static bfd_boolean
6769
sh_elf_merge_private_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
6770
{
6771
  extern bfd_boolean sh_merge_bfd_arch (bfd *, bfd *);
6772
 
6773
  if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd))
6774
    return TRUE;
6775
 
6776
  if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
6777
    {
6778
      /* This happens when ld starts out with a 'blank' output file.  */
6779
      elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
6780
      elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
6781
      sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (obfd);
6782
      if (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC)
6783
        elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_SH_PIC;
6784
    }
6785
 
6786
  if (! sh_merge_bfd_arch (ibfd, obfd))
6787
    {
6788
      _bfd_error_handler ("%B: uses instructions which are incompatible "
6789
                          "with instructions used in previous modules",
6790
                          ibfd);
6791
      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6792
      return FALSE;
6793
    }
6794
 
6795
  elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_SH_MACH_MASK;
6796
  elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |=
6797
    sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_get_mach (obfd));
6798
 
6799
  if (fdpic_object_p (ibfd) != fdpic_object_p (obfd))
6800
    {
6801
      _bfd_error_handler ("%B: attempt to mix FDPIC and non-FDPIC objects",
6802
                          ibfd);
6803
      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6804
      return FALSE;
6805
    }
6806
 
6807
  return TRUE;
6808
}
6809
#endif /* not sh_elf_merge_private_data */
6810
 
6811
/* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata
6812
   as the specific tdata.  We set also the machine architecture from flags
6813
   here.  */
6814
 
6815
static bfd_boolean
6816
sh_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
6817
{
6818
  if (! sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (abfd))
6819
    return FALSE;
6820
 
6821
  return (((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC) != 0)
6822
          == fdpic_object_p (abfd));
6823
}
6824
 
6825
/* Finish up dynamic symbol handling.  We set the contents of various
6826
   dynamic sections here.  */
6827
 
6828
static bfd_boolean
6829
sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
6830
                              struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
6831
                              Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
6832
{
6833
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
6834
 
6835
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
6836
  if (htab == NULL)
6837
    return FALSE;
6838
 
6839
  if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
6840
    {
6841
      asection *splt;
6842
      asection *sgotplt;
6843
      asection *srelplt;
6844
 
6845
      bfd_vma plt_index;
6846
      bfd_vma got_offset;
6847
      Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
6848
      bfd_byte *loc;
6849
      const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
6850
 
6851
      /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.  Set
6852
         it up.  */
6853
 
6854
      BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
6855
 
6856
      splt = htab->splt;
6857
      sgotplt = htab->sgotplt;
6858
      srelplt = htab->srelplt;
6859
      BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sgotplt != NULL && srelplt != NULL);
6860
 
6861
      /* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which
6862
         corresponds to this symbol.  This is the index of this symbol
6863
         in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries.  The
6864
         first entry in the procedure linkage table is reserved.  */
6865
      plt_index = get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset);
6866
 
6867
      plt_info = htab->plt_info;
6868
      if (plt_info->short_plt != NULL && plt_index <= MAX_SHORT_PLT)
6869
        plt_info = plt_info->short_plt;
6870
 
6871
      /* Get the offset into the .got table of the entry that
6872
         corresponds to this function.  */
6873
      if (htab->fdpic_p)
6874
        /* The offset must be relative to the GOT symbol, twelve bytes
6875
           before the end of .got.plt.  Each descriptor is eight
6876
           bytes.  */
6877
        got_offset = plt_index * 8 + 12 - sgotplt->size;
6878
      else
6879
        /* Each .got entry is 4 bytes.  The first three are
6880
           reserved.  */
6881
        got_offset = (plt_index + 3) * 4;
6882
 
6883
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
6884
      if (info->shared)
6885
        got_offset -= GOT_BIAS;
6886
#endif
6887
 
6888
      /* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
6889
      memcpy (splt->contents + h->plt.offset,
6890
              plt_info->symbol_entry,
6891
              plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6892
 
6893
      if (info->shared || htab->fdpic_p)
6894
        {
6895
          if (plt_info->symbol_fields.got20)
6896
            {
6897
              bfd_reloc_status_type r;
6898
              r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, got_offset,
6899
                                        splt->owner, splt, splt->contents,
6900
                                        h->plt.offset
6901
                                        + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry);
6902
              BFD_ASSERT (r == bfd_reloc_ok);
6903
            }
6904
          else
6905
            install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE, got_offset,
6906
                               (splt->contents
6907
                                + h->plt.offset
6908
                                + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry));
6909
        }
6910
      else
6911
        {
6912
          BFD_ASSERT (!plt_info->symbol_fields.got20);
6913
 
6914
          install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
6915
                             (sgotplt->output_section->vma
6916
                              + sgotplt->output_offset
6917
                              + got_offset),
6918
                             (splt->contents
6919
                              + h->plt.offset
6920
                              + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry));
6921
          if (htab->vxworks_p)
6922
            {
6923
              unsigned int reachable_plts, plts_per_4k;
6924
              int distance;
6925
 
6926
              /* Divide the PLT into groups.  The first group contains
6927
                 REACHABLE_PLTS entries and the other groups contain
6928
                 PLTS_PER_4K entries.  Entries in the first group can
6929
                 branch directly to .plt; those in later groups branch
6930
                 to the last element of the previous group.  */
6931
              /* ??? It would be better to create multiple copies of
6932
                 the common resolver stub.  */
6933
              reachable_plts = ((4096
6934
                                 - plt_info->plt0_entry_size
6935
                                 - (plt_info->symbol_fields.plt + 4))
6936
                                / plt_info->symbol_entry_size) + 1;
6937
              plts_per_4k = (4096 / plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6938
              if (plt_index < reachable_plts)
6939
                distance = -(h->plt.offset
6940
                             + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt);
6941
              else
6942
                distance = -(((plt_index - reachable_plts) % plts_per_4k + 1)
6943
                             * plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6944
 
6945
              /* Install the 'bra' with this offset.  */
6946
              bfd_put_16 (output_bfd,
6947
                          0xa000 | (0x0fff & ((distance - 4) / 2)),
6948
                          (splt->contents
6949
                           + h->plt.offset
6950
                           + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt));
6951
            }
6952
          else
6953
            install_plt_field (output_bfd, TRUE,
6954
                               splt->output_section->vma + splt->output_offset,
6955
                               (splt->contents
6956
                                + h->plt.offset
6957
                                + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt));
6958
        }
6959
 
6960
      /* Make got_offset relative to the start of .got.plt.  */
6961
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
6962
      if (info->shared)
6963
        got_offset += GOT_BIAS;
6964
#endif
6965
      if (htab->fdpic_p)
6966
        got_offset = plt_index * 8;
6967
 
6968
      if (plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset != MINUS_ONE)
6969
        install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
6970
                           plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela),
6971
                           (splt->contents
6972
                            + h->plt.offset
6973
                            + plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset));
6974
 
6975
      /* Fill in the entry in the global offset table.  */
6976
      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
6977
                  (splt->output_section->vma
6978
                   + splt->output_offset
6979
                   + h->plt.offset
6980
                   + plt_info->symbol_resolve_offset),
6981
                  sgotplt->contents + got_offset);
6982
      if (htab->fdpic_p)
6983
        bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
6984
                    sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
6985
                                            htab->splt->output_section),
6986
                    sgotplt->contents + got_offset + 4);
6987
 
6988
      /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section.  */
6989
      rel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
6990
                      + sgotplt->output_offset
6991
                      + got_offset);
6992
      if (htab->fdpic_p)
6993
        rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_FUNCDESC_VALUE);
6994
      else
6995
        rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_JMP_SLOT);
6996
      rel.r_addend = 0;
6997
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
6998
      rel.r_addend = GOT_BIAS;
6999
#endif
7000
      loc = srelplt->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7001
      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7002
 
7003
      if (htab->vxworks_p && !info->shared)
7004
        {
7005
          /* Create the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations for this PLT entry.
7006
             Begin by pointing LOC to the first such relocation.  */
7007
          loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents
7008
                 + (plt_index * 2 + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
7009
 
7010
          /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation
7011
             for the PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt entry.  */
7012
          rel.r_offset = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
7013
                          + htab->splt->output_offset
7014
                          + h->plt.offset
7015
                          + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry);
7016
          rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
7017
          rel.r_addend = got_offset;
7018
          bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7019
          loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7020
 
7021
          /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for
7022
             the .got.plt entry, which initially points to .plt.  */
7023
          rel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
7024
                          + sgotplt->output_offset
7025
                          + got_offset);
7026
          rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
7027
          rel.r_addend = 0;
7028
          bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7029
        }
7030
 
7031
      if (!h->def_regular)
7032
        {
7033
          /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
7034
             the .plt section.  Leave the value alone.  */
7035
          sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
7036
        }
7037
    }
7038
 
7039
  if (h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
7040
      && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_TLS_GD
7041
      && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_TLS_IE
7042
      && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_FUNCDESC)
7043
    {
7044
      asection *sgot;
7045
      asection *srelgot;
7046
      Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
7047
      bfd_byte *loc;
7048
 
7049
      /* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table.  Set it
7050
         up.  */
7051
 
7052
      sgot = htab->sgot;
7053
      srelgot = htab->srelgot;
7054
      BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srelgot != NULL);
7055
 
7056
      rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
7057
                      + sgot->output_offset
7058
                      + (h->got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1));
7059
 
7060
      /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the
7061
         symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because
7062
         of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.
7063
         The entry in the global offset table will already have been
7064
         initialized in the relocate_section function.  */
7065
      if (info->shared
7066
          && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7067
        {
7068
          if (htab->fdpic_p)
7069
            {
7070
              asection *sec = h->root.u.def.section;
7071
              int dynindx
7072
                = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
7073
 
7074
              rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
7075
              rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
7076
                              + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7077
            }
7078
          else
7079
            {
7080
              rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
7081
              rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
7082
                              + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7083
                              + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7084
            }
7085
        }
7086
      else
7087
        {
7088
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + h->got.offset);
7089
          rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_GLOB_DAT);
7090
          rel.r_addend = 0;
7091
        }
7092
 
7093
      loc = srelgot->contents;
7094
      loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7095
      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7096
    }
7097
 
7098
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
7099
  {
7100
    struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
7101
 
7102
    eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
7103
    if (eh->datalabel_got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
7104
      {
7105
        asection *sgot;
7106
        asection *srelgot;
7107
        Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
7108
        bfd_byte *loc;
7109
 
7110
        /* This symbol has a datalabel entry in the global offset table.
7111
           Set it up.  */
7112
 
7113
        sgot = htab->sgot;
7114
        srelgot = htab->srelgot;
7115
        BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srelgot != NULL);
7116
 
7117
        rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
7118
                        + sgot->output_offset
7119
                        + (eh->datalabel_got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1));
7120
 
7121
        /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the
7122
           symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because
7123
           of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.
7124
           The entry in the global offset table will already have been
7125
           initialized in the relocate_section function.  */
7126
        if (info->shared
7127
            && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7128
          {
7129
            if (htab->fdpic_p)
7130
              {
7131
                asection *sec = h->root.u.def.section;
7132
                int dynindx
7133
                  = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
7134
 
7135
                rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
7136
                rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
7137
                                + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7138
              }
7139
            else
7140
              {
7141
                rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
7142
                rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
7143
                                + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7144
                                + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7145
              }
7146
          }
7147
        else
7148
          {
7149
            bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents
7150
                        + eh->datalabel_got.offset);
7151
            rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_GLOB_DAT);
7152
            rel.r_addend = 0;
7153
          }
7154
 
7155
        loc = srelgot->contents;
7156
        loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7157
        bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7158
      }
7159
  }
7160
#endif
7161
 
7162
  if (h->needs_copy)
7163
    {
7164
      asection *s;
7165
      Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
7166
      bfd_byte *loc;
7167
 
7168
      /* This symbol needs a copy reloc.  Set it up.  */
7169
 
7170
      BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
7171
                  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
7172
                      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak));
7173
 
7174
      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (h->root.u.def.section->owner,
7175
                                   ".rela.bss");
7176
      BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7177
 
7178
      rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value
7179
                      + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7180
                      + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7181
      rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_COPY);
7182
      rel.r_addend = 0;
7183
      loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7184
      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7185
    }
7186
 
7187
  /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute.  On VxWorks,
7188
     _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is not absolute: it is relative to the
7189
     ".got" section.  */
7190
  if (strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
7191
      || (!htab->vxworks_p && h == htab->root.hgot))
7192
    sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
7193
 
7194
  return TRUE;
7195
}
7196
 
7197
/* Finish up the dynamic sections.  */
7198
 
7199
static bfd_boolean
7200
sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
7201
{
7202
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
7203
  asection *sgotplt;
7204
  asection *sdyn;
7205
 
7206
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
7207
  if (htab == NULL)
7208
    return FALSE;
7209
 
7210
  sgotplt = htab->sgotplt;
7211
  sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (htab->root.dynobj, ".dynamic");
7212
 
7213
  if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
7214
    {
7215
      asection *splt;
7216
      Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
7217
 
7218
      BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
7219
 
7220
      dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
7221
      dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
7222
      for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
7223
        {
7224
          Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
7225
          asection *s;
7226
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
7227
          const char *name;
7228
#endif
7229
 
7230
          bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (htab->root.dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
7231
 
7232
          switch (dyn.d_tag)
7233
            {
7234
            default:
7235
              if (htab->vxworks_p
7236
                  && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
7237
                bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7238
              break;
7239
 
7240
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
7241
            case DT_INIT:
7242
              name = info->init_function;
7243
              goto get_sym;
7244
 
7245
            case DT_FINI:
7246
              name = info->fini_function;
7247
            get_sym:
7248
              if (dyn.d_un.d_val != 0)
7249
                {
7250
                  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7251
 
7252
                  h = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->root, name,
7253
                                            FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
7254
                  if (h != NULL && (h->other & STO_SH5_ISA32))
7255
                    {
7256
                      dyn.d_un.d_val |= 1;
7257
                      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7258
                    }
7259
                }
7260
              break;
7261
#endif
7262
 
7263
            case DT_PLTGOT:
7264
              BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.hgot != NULL);
7265
              s = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section;
7266
              dyn.d_un.d_ptr = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
7267
                + s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
7268
              bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7269
              break;
7270
 
7271
            case DT_JMPREL:
7272
              s = htab->srelplt->output_section;
7273
              BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7274
              dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
7275
              bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7276
              break;
7277
 
7278
            case DT_PLTRELSZ:
7279
              s = htab->srelplt->output_section;
7280
              BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7281
              dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size;
7282
              bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7283
              break;
7284
 
7285
            case DT_RELASZ:
7286
              /* My reading of the SVR4 ABI indicates that the
7287
                 procedure linkage table relocs (DT_JMPREL) should be
7288
                 included in the overall relocs (DT_RELA).  This is
7289
                 what Solaris does.  However, UnixWare can not handle
7290
                 that case.  Therefore, we override the DT_RELASZ entry
7291
                 here to make it not include the JMPREL relocs.  Since
7292
                 the linker script arranges for .rela.plt to follow all
7293
                 other relocation sections, we don't have to worry
7294
                 about changing the DT_RELA entry.  */
7295
              if (htab->srelplt != NULL)
7296
                {
7297
                  s = htab->srelplt->output_section;
7298
                  dyn.d_un.d_val -= s->size;
7299
                }
7300
              bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7301
              break;
7302
            }
7303
        }
7304
 
7305
      /* Fill in the first entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
7306
      splt = htab->splt;
7307
      if (splt && splt->size > 0 && htab->plt_info->plt0_entry)
7308
        {
7309
          unsigned int i;
7310
 
7311
          memcpy (splt->contents,
7312
                  htab->plt_info->plt0_entry,
7313
                  htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size);
7314
          for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields); i++)
7315
            if (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i] != MINUS_ONE)
7316
              install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
7317
                                 (sgotplt->output_section->vma
7318
                                  + sgotplt->output_offset
7319
                                  + (i * 4)),
7320
                                 (splt->contents
7321
                                  + htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i]));
7322
 
7323
          if (htab->vxworks_p)
7324
            {
7325
              /* Finalize the .rela.plt.unloaded contents.  */
7326
              Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
7327
              bfd_byte *loc;
7328
 
7329
              /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the
7330
                 first PLT entry's pointer to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 8.  */
7331
              loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
7332
              rel.r_offset = (splt->output_section->vma
7333
                              + splt->output_offset
7334
                              + htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[2]);
7335
              rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
7336
              rel.r_addend = 8;
7337
              bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7338
              loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7339
 
7340
              /* Fix up the remaining .rela.plt.unloaded relocations.
7341
                 They may have the wrong symbol index for _G_O_T_ or
7342
                 _P_L_T_ depending on the order in which symbols were
7343
                 output.  */
7344
              while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
7345
                {
7346
                  /* The PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt slot.  */
7347
                  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
7348
                  rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx,
7349
                                             R_SH_DIR32);
7350
                  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7351
                  loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7352
 
7353
                  /* The .got.plt slot's pointer to .plt.  */
7354
                  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
7355
                  rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx,
7356
                                             R_SH_DIR32);
7357
                  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7358
                  loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7359
                }
7360
            }
7361
 
7362
          /* UnixWare sets the entsize of .plt to 4, although that doesn't
7363
             really seem like the right value.  */
7364
          elf_section_data (splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
7365
        }
7366
    }
7367
 
7368
  /* Fill in the first three entries in the global offset table.  */
7369
  if (sgotplt && sgotplt->size > 0 && !htab->fdpic_p)
7370
    {
7371
      if (sdyn == NULL)
7372
        bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents);
7373
      else
7374
        bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
7375
                    sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset,
7376
                    sgotplt->contents);
7377
      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 4);
7378
      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 8);
7379
    }
7380
 
7381
  if (sgotplt && sgotplt->size > 0)
7382
    elf_section_data (sgotplt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
7383
 
7384
  /* At the very end of the .rofixup section is a pointer to the GOT.  */
7385
  if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->srofixup != NULL)
7386
    {
7387
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *hgot = htab->root.hgot;
7388
      bfd_vma got_value = hgot->root.u.def.value
7389
        + hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7390
        + hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset;
7391
 
7392
      sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup, got_value);
7393
 
7394
      /* Make sure we allocated and generated the same number of fixups.  */
7395
      BFD_ASSERT (htab->srofixup->reloc_count * 4 == htab->srofixup->size);
7396
    }
7397
 
7398
  if (htab->srelfuncdesc)
7399
    BFD_ASSERT (htab->srelfuncdesc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
7400
                == htab->srelfuncdesc->size);
7401
 
7402
  if (htab->srelgot)
7403
    BFD_ASSERT (htab->srelgot->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
7404
                == htab->srelgot->size);
7405
 
7406
  return TRUE;
7407
}
7408
 
7409
static enum elf_reloc_type_class
7410
sh_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
7411
{
7412
  switch ((int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
7413
    {
7414
    case R_SH_RELATIVE:
7415
      return reloc_class_relative;
7416
    case R_SH_JMP_SLOT:
7417
      return reloc_class_plt;
7418
    case R_SH_COPY:
7419
      return reloc_class_copy;
7420
    default:
7421
      return reloc_class_normal;
7422
    }
7423
}
7424
 
7425
#if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
7426
/* Support for Linux core dump NOTE sections.  */
7427
 
7428
static bfd_boolean
7429
elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7430
{
7431
  int offset;
7432
  unsigned int size;
7433
 
7434
  switch (note->descsz)
7435
    {
7436
      default:
7437
        return FALSE;
7438
 
7439
      case 168:         /* Linux/SH */
7440
        /* pr_cursig */
7441
        elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
7442
 
7443
        /* pr_pid */
7444
        elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
7445
 
7446
        /* pr_reg */
7447
        offset = 72;
7448
        size = 92;
7449
 
7450
        break;
7451
    }
7452
 
7453
  /* Make a ".reg/999" section.  */
7454
  return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
7455
                                          size, note->descpos + offset);
7456
}
7457
 
7458
static bfd_boolean
7459
elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7460
{
7461
  switch (note->descsz)
7462
    {
7463
      default:
7464
        return FALSE;
7465
 
7466
      case 124:         /* Linux/SH elf_prpsinfo */
7467
        elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
7468
         = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16);
7469
        elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7470
         = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80);
7471
    }
7472
 
7473
  /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
7474
     onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
7475
     implementations, so strip it off if it exists.  */
7476
 
7477
  {
7478
    char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command;
7479
    int n = strlen (command);
7480
 
7481
    if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
7482
      command[n - 1] = '\0';
7483
  }
7484
 
7485
  return TRUE;
7486
}
7487
#endif /* not SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */
7488
 
7489
 
7490
/* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
7491
   or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included.  */
7492
 
7493
static bfd_vma
7494
sh_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
7495
                    const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7496
{
7497
  const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
7498
 
7499
  plt_info = get_plt_info (plt->owner, (plt->owner->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0);
7500
  return plt->vma + get_plt_offset (plt_info, i);
7501
}
7502
 
7503
/* Decide whether to attempt to turn absptr or lsda encodings in
7504
   shared libraries into pcrel within the given input section.  */
7505
 
7506
static bfd_boolean
7507
sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame (bfd *input_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7508
                              struct bfd_link_info *info,
7509
                              asection *eh_frame_section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7510
{
7511
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
7512
 
7513
  /* We can't use PC-relative encodings in FDPIC binaries, in general.  */
7514
  if (htab->fdpic_p)
7515
    return FALSE;
7516
 
7517
  return TRUE;
7518
}
7519
 
7520
/* Adjust the contents of an eh_frame_hdr section before they're output.  */
7521
 
7522
static bfd_byte
7523
sh_elf_encode_eh_address (bfd *abfd,
7524
                          struct bfd_link_info *info,
7525
                          asection *osec, bfd_vma offset,
7526
                          asection *loc_sec, bfd_vma loc_offset,
7527
                          bfd_vma *encoded)
7528
{
7529
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
7530
  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7531
 
7532
  if (!htab->fdpic_p)
7533
    return _bfd_elf_encode_eh_address (abfd, info, osec, offset, loc_sec,
7534
                                       loc_offset, encoded);
7535
 
7536
  h = htab->root.hgot;
7537
  BFD_ASSERT (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
7538
 
7539
  if (! h || (sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, osec)
7540
              == sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, loc_sec->output_section)))
7541
    return _bfd_elf_encode_eh_address (abfd, info, osec, offset,
7542
                                       loc_sec, loc_offset, encoded);
7543
 
7544
  BFD_ASSERT (sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, osec)
7545
              == (sh_elf_osec_to_segment
7546
                  (abfd, h->root.u.def.section->output_section)));
7547
 
7548
  *encoded = osec->vma + offset
7549
    - (h->root.u.def.value
7550
       + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7551
       + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7552
 
7553
  return DW_EH_PE_datarel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4;
7554
}
7555
 
7556
#if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
7557
#define TARGET_BIG_SYM          bfd_elf32_sh_vec
7558
#define TARGET_BIG_NAME         "elf32-sh"
7559
#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM       bfd_elf32_shl_vec
7560
#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME      "elf32-shl"
7561
#endif
7562
 
7563
#define ELF_ARCH                bfd_arch_sh
7564
#define ELF_TARGET_ID           SH_ELF_DATA
7565
#define ELF_MACHINE_CODE        EM_SH
7566
#ifdef __QNXTARGET__
7567
#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE         0x1000
7568
#else
7569
#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE         0x80
7570
#endif
7571
 
7572
#define elf_symbol_leading_char '_'
7573
 
7574
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup
7575
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup \
7576
                                        sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup
7577
#define elf_info_to_howto               sh_elf_info_to_howto
7578
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section     sh_elf_relax_section
7579
#define elf_backend_relocate_section    sh_elf_relocate_section
7580
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents \
7581
                                        sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents
7582
#define bfd_elf32_mkobject              sh_elf_mkobject
7583
#define elf_backend_object_p            sh_elf_object_p
7584
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_bfd_flags \
7585
                                        sh_elf_set_private_flags
7586
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data \
7587
                                        sh_elf_copy_private_data
7588
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data \
7589
                                        sh_elf_merge_private_data
7590
 
7591
#define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook        sh_elf_gc_mark_hook
7592
#define elf_backend_gc_sweep_hook       sh_elf_gc_sweep_hook
7593
#define elf_backend_check_relocs        sh_elf_check_relocs
7594
#define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol \
7595
                                        sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
7596
#define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections \
7597
                                        sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections
7598
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
7599
                                        sh_elf_link_hash_table_create
7600
#define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol \
7601
                                        sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
7602
#define elf_backend_always_size_sections \
7603
                                        sh_elf_always_size_sections
7604
#define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections \
7605
                                        sh_elf_size_dynamic_sections
7606
#define elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym sh_elf_omit_section_dynsym
7607
#define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol \
7608
                                        sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
7609
#define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections \
7610
                                        sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
7611
#define elf_backend_reloc_type_class    sh_elf_reloc_type_class
7612
#define elf_backend_plt_sym_val         sh_elf_plt_sym_val
7613
#define elf_backend_can_make_relative_eh_frame \
7614
                                        sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame
7615
#define elf_backend_can_make_lsda_relative_eh_frame \
7616
                                        sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame
7617
#define elf_backend_encode_eh_address \
7618
                                        sh_elf_encode_eh_address
7619
 
7620
#define elf_backend_can_gc_sections     1
7621
#define elf_backend_can_refcount        1
7622
#define elf_backend_want_got_plt        1
7623
#define elf_backend_plt_readonly        1
7624
#define elf_backend_want_plt_sym        0
7625
#define elf_backend_got_header_size     12
7626
 
7627
#if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
7628
 
7629
#include "elf32-target.h"
7630
 
7631
/* NetBSD support.  */
7632
#undef  TARGET_BIG_SYM
7633
#define TARGET_BIG_SYM                  bfd_elf32_shnbsd_vec
7634
#undef  TARGET_BIG_NAME
7635
#define TARGET_BIG_NAME                 "elf32-sh-nbsd"
7636
#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7637
#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM               bfd_elf32_shlnbsd_vec
7638
#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7639
#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME              "elf32-shl-nbsd"
7640
#undef  ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
7641
#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE                 0x10000
7642
#undef  ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
7643
#undef  elf_symbol_leading_char
7644
#define elf_symbol_leading_char         0
7645
#undef  elf32_bed
7646
#define elf32_bed                       elf32_sh_nbsd_bed
7647
 
7648
#include "elf32-target.h"
7649
 
7650
 
7651
/* Linux support.  */
7652
#undef  TARGET_BIG_SYM
7653
#define TARGET_BIG_SYM                  bfd_elf32_shblin_vec
7654
#undef  TARGET_BIG_NAME
7655
#define TARGET_BIG_NAME                 "elf32-shbig-linux"
7656
#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7657
#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM               bfd_elf32_shlin_vec
7658
#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7659
#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME              "elf32-sh-linux"
7660
#undef  ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
7661
#define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE              0x1000
7662
 
7663
#undef  elf_backend_grok_prstatus
7664
#define elf_backend_grok_prstatus       elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus
7665
#undef  elf_backend_grok_psinfo
7666
#define elf_backend_grok_psinfo         elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo
7667
#undef  elf32_bed
7668
#define elf32_bed                       elf32_sh_lin_bed
7669
 
7670
#include "elf32-target.h"
7671
 
7672
 
7673
/* FDPIC support.  */
7674
#undef  TARGET_BIG_SYM
7675
#define TARGET_BIG_SYM                  bfd_elf32_shbfd_vec
7676
#undef  TARGET_BIG_NAME
7677
#define TARGET_BIG_NAME                 "elf32-shbig-fdpic"
7678
#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7679
#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM               bfd_elf32_shfd_vec
7680
#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7681
#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME              "elf32-sh-fdpic"
7682
#undef elf_backend_modify_program_headers
7683
#define elf_backend_modify_program_headers \
7684
                                        sh_elf_modify_program_headers
7685
 
7686
#undef  elf32_bed
7687
#define elf32_bed                       elf32_sh_fd_bed
7688
 
7689
#include "elf32-target.h"
7690
 
7691
#undef elf_backend_modify_program_headers
7692
 
7693
/* VxWorks support.  */
7694
#undef  TARGET_BIG_SYM
7695
#define TARGET_BIG_SYM                  bfd_elf32_shvxworks_vec
7696
#undef  TARGET_BIG_NAME
7697
#define TARGET_BIG_NAME                 "elf32-sh-vxworks"
7698
#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7699
#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM               bfd_elf32_shlvxworks_vec
7700
#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7701
#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME              "elf32-shl-vxworks"
7702
#undef  elf32_bed
7703
#define elf32_bed                       elf32_sh_vxworks_bed
7704
 
7705
#undef  elf_backend_want_plt_sym
7706
#define elf_backend_want_plt_sym        1
7707
#undef  elf_symbol_leading_char
7708
#define elf_symbol_leading_char         '_'
7709
#define elf_backend_want_got_underscore 1
7710
#undef  elf_backend_grok_prstatus
7711
#undef  elf_backend_grok_psinfo
7712
#undef  elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
7713
#define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook     elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
7714
#undef  elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
7715
#define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
7716
                                        elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
7717
#undef  elf_backend_emit_relocs
7718
#define elf_backend_emit_relocs         elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
7719
#undef  elf_backend_final_write_processing
7720
#define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
7721
                                        elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
7722
#undef  ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
7723
#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE                 0x1000
7724
#undef  ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
7725
 
7726
#include "elf32-target.h"
7727
 
7728
#endif /* neither INCLUDE_SHMEDIA nor SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */

powered by: WebSVN 2.1.0

© copyright 1999-2024 OpenCores.org, equivalent to Oliscience, all rights reserved. OpenCores®, registered trademark.